WO2023286794A1 - Liquid detergent - Google Patents

Liquid detergent Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023286794A1
WO2023286794A1 PCT/JP2022/027501 JP2022027501W WO2023286794A1 WO 2023286794 A1 WO2023286794 A1 WO 2023286794A1 JP 2022027501 W JP2022027501 W JP 2022027501W WO 2023286794 A1 WO2023286794 A1 WO 2023286794A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
component
mass
liquid detergent
acid
salt
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/027501
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
敦 大河内
亮太 武井
彰悟 猿渡
聡 大塚
Original Assignee
ライオン株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ライオン株式会社 filed Critical ライオン株式会社
Priority to JP2023534828A priority Critical patent/JPWO2023286794A1/ja
Publication of WO2023286794A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023286794A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D17/00Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their shape or physical properties
    • C11D17/08Liquid soap, e.g. for dispensers; capsuled
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/43Solvents
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06LDRY-CLEANING, WASHING OR BLEACHING FIBRES, FILAMENTS, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR MADE-UP FIBROUS GOODS; BLEACHING LEATHER OR FURS
    • D06L1/00Dry-cleaning or washing fibres, filaments, threads, yarns, fabrics, feathers or made-up fibrous goods
    • D06L1/12Dry-cleaning or washing fibres, filaments, threads, yarns, fabrics, feathers or made-up fibrous goods using aqueous solvents
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06LDRY-CLEANING, WASHING OR BLEACHING FIBRES, FILAMENTS, THREADS, YARNS, FABRICS, FEATHERS OR MADE-UP FIBROUS GOODS; BLEACHING LEATHER OR FURS
    • D06L4/00Bleaching fibres, filaments, threads, yarns, fabrics, feathers or made-up fibrous goods; Bleaching leather or furs
    • D06L4/60Optical bleaching or brightening

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to liquid detergents.
  • This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-115742 filed in Japan on July 13, 2021, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose a liquid detergent containing a fluorescent brightener such as a stilbene type and a surfactant.
  • Patent Literatures 1 and 2 do not necessarily provide sufficient detergency against yellowing caused by oxidation of sebum stains accumulated on textile products such as clothes.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid detergent having excellent detergency against yellowing of textile products.
  • the present invention has the following aspects.
  • component (D) is preferably 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 2 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 2. to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • the component (E) is an alkylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine, polyacrylic acid and its salts, polymaleic acid and its salts, acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymer and its salts, The liquid detergent according to [6] above, containing one or more selected from the group consisting of copolymers of hydrocarbon and maleic acid and salts thereof, acrylic acid-methacrylic acid copolymers and salts thereof.
  • the component (E) contains an alkylene oxide adduct of the polyalkyleneimine, and the content of the alkylene oxide adduct of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0 relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • Component (F) The liquid detergent of any one of the above [1] to [8], further containing a structuring agent.
  • the content of component (F) is preferably 0.02 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.04 to 1.5% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. , more preferably 0.05 to 1% by mass, the liquid detergent of [9] or [10].
  • Component (A) is 4,4′-bis(2-sulfostyryl)biphenyl disodium salt, 4,4′-bis-(4-chloro-3-sulfostyryl)-biphenyl disodium salt, 4,4′-bis((4-amino-6-morpholino-1,3,5-triazinyl-2)amino)stilbene-2,2′-disulfonate and 4,4′-bis((4- Any of the above [1] to [11], including one or more selected from the group consisting of toluidino-6-morpholino-1,3,5-triazinyl-2)amino)stilbene-2,2'-disulfonates some liquid detergent.
  • the content of component (A) is preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent, and further The liquid detergent according to any one of the above [1] to [12], which is preferably 0.1 to 2% by mass, particularly preferably 0.1 to 1% by mass.
  • the nonionic surfactant contains one or more selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following general formula (1) and a compound represented by the following general formula (2). liquid detergent.
  • R 11 O—[(EO) s /(A 11 O) t ]—(EO) u —R 12 (1)
  • R 11 is a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having 8 to 22 carbon atoms
  • R 12 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a is an alkenyl group
  • EO is an oxyethylene group
  • s is a number representing the average repeating number of EO from 3 to 25
  • a 11 O is at least one of PO (oxypropylene group) and BO (oxybutylene group)
  • t is a number from 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of A 11 O.
  • u is a number from 0 to 20 representing the average number of repetitions of EO.
  • R 13 is a hydrocarbon group having 7 to 21 carbon atoms
  • —X— is —COO— or —CONH—
  • R 14 is a hydrogen atom; an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms
  • EO is an oxyethylene group
  • p is a number from 3 to 25 indicating the average number of repetitions of EO
  • a 12 is PO (oxypropylene group) and BO ( oxybutylene group)
  • q is a number from 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of A 12 O
  • r is a number from 0 to 20 representing the average number of repetitions of EO.
  • the content of the nonionic surfactant is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably 10 to
  • the non-soap anionic surfactant is linear alkylbenzene sulfonic acid or its salt, ⁇ -olefin sulfonic acid or its salt, linear or branched alkyl sulfate ester or its salt, polyoxyalkylene alkyl
  • the polyoxyalkylene alkyl (alkenyl) ether sulfate ester or salt thereof is a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
  • R 15 O—[(EO) m /(PO) n ]—SO 3 Ma (3)
  • R 15 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms or a linear or branched alkenyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • EO is is an oxyethylene group
  • PO is an oxypropylene group
  • m is a number of 0.1 or more representing the average number of repetitions of EO
  • n is a number of 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of PO.
  • (EO) m /(PO) n ] indicates that there is no limitation on the arrangement order of EO and PO
  • Ma is a counterion.
  • the content of the non-soap anionic surfactant is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably, based on the total mass of the liquid detergent. is 10 to 30% by mass, particularly preferably 15 to 30% by mass.
  • the mass ratio of the nonionic surfactant to the non-soap anionic surfactant is preferably from 0.1 to 3, more preferably from 0.15 to 2, and even more preferably from 0.15 to 2. 2 to 1.5, particularly preferably 0.25 to 1.3, the liquid detergent according to any one of the above [14] to [20].
  • the water-miscible organic solvent is preferably ethanol, glycerin, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of about 200 to 1000, and diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl carbitol).
  • the liquid detergent according to any one of [1] to [22] above, which contains one or more selected from the group consisting of, more preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of ethanol, glycerin, and propylene glycol.
  • the mass ratio of water to the mass of the water-miscible organic solvent is preferably 0.2 to 3, more preferably 0.8 to 2.5, still more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the mass ratio of the component (A) to the mass of the antibacterial agent having a diphenyl structure is preferably 0.1 to 60, more preferably 0.25 to 60, still more preferably 1 to 30. , particularly preferably 1 to 10, most preferably 2 to 10, the liquid detergent of [26] or [27].
  • the liquid detergent of the present invention is a composition containing the following components (A), (B) and (C).
  • the liquid detergent preferably further contains one or more of the following components (D), (E) and (F).
  • the liquid detergent may contain components (optional components) other than (A) component, (B) component, (C) component, (D) component, (E) component, (F) component and water.
  • a numerical range represented by "-" means a numerical range including numerical values before and after "-" as lower and upper limits.
  • new numerical ranges can be obtained by arbitrarily combining the lower and upper limits thereof.
  • Component (A) is a fluorescent brightening agent. If the liquid detergent contains the (A) component, the (A) component adheres to the yellowing of the textile product that could not be removed by the cleaning component, thereby making the textile product look white. As a result, the yellowing of the textile product can be made difficult to see. That is, the detergency against yellowing of textile products can be improved.
  • component (A) examples include stilbene, pyrazoline, coumarin, carboxylic acid, methinecyanine, dibenzothiophene-5-dioxide, azole, and derivatives of five- and six-membered heterocyclic compounds.
  • Particularly suitable examples include 4,4'-bis(2-sulfostyryl)biphenyl disodium salt, 4,4'-bis-(4-chloro-3-sulfostyryl)-biphenyl disodium salt, and the like.
  • Component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Tinopal registered trademark
  • Tinopal registered trademark
  • Tinopal registered trademark
  • CBS-X Tinopal
  • CBS-CL Tinopal
  • AMS-GX Tinopal
  • Leucophor registered trademark
  • the content of component (A) is preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, even more preferably 0.1 to 2% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. 0.1 to 1% by weight is particularly preferred. If the content of the component (A) is at least the above lower limit, the yellowing of the textile product can be made less visible. If the content of component (A) is at most the above upper limit, good liquid appearance can be maintained.
  • Component is a surfactant. If the liquid detergent contains the (B) component, the detergency will increase.
  • Component (B) is not particularly limited as long as it is a surfactant used in conventional liquid detergents. Examples include nonionic surfactants, non-soap anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, Semipolar surfactants and the like are included.
  • component (B) one surfactant may be used, or two or more surfactants may be used in combination. From the viewpoint of enhancing detergency, the component (B) preferably contains a nonionic surfactant and a non-soap anionic surfactant.
  • a nonionic surfactant As component (B), a nonionic surfactant, a non-soap anionic surfactant, and one or more of a cationic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant and a semipolar surfactant may be used in combination.
  • nonionic surfactants include polyoxyalkylene type nonionic surfactants, alkylphenols, alkylene oxide adducts such as fatty acids having 8 to 22 carbon atoms or amines having 8 to 22 carbon atoms, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block copolymers, Fatty acid alkanolamides, polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters or their alkylene oxide adducts, hydrogenated castor oil alkylene oxide adducts, sugar fatty acid esters, N-alkyl polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, alkyl glycosides and the like.
  • a nonionic surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • nonionic surfactant a polyoxyalkylene type nonionic surfactant is preferable, and among them, in particular, a compound represented by the following general formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (1)”), the following general formula A compound represented by (2) (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (2)”) is more preferred, and compound (1) is even more preferred.
  • compound (1) a compound represented by the following general formula (1)
  • compound (2) the following general formula A compound represented by (2)
  • compound (1) is even more preferred.
  • R 11 O—[(EO) s /(A 11 O) t ]—(EO) u —R 12 (1)
  • R 11 is a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having 8 to 22 carbon atoms
  • R 12 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a is an alkenyl group
  • EO is an oxyethylene group
  • s is a number representing the average repeating number of EO from 3 to 25
  • a 11 O is at least one of PO (oxypropylene group) and BO (oxybutylene group)
  • t is a number from 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of A 11 O.
  • u is a number from 0 to 20 representing the average number of repetitions of EO.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group of R 11 is 8-22, preferably 10-18, more preferably 12-18.
  • R 12 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • s is preferably 4-20, more preferably 5-16, even more preferably 6-10.
  • t is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0 to 2, even more preferably 0.
  • u is 1 or more, s is preferably 4-16, more preferably 6-12, even more preferably 8-10.
  • t is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3.
  • u is preferably 4 to 16, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 8 to 10.
  • R 13 —X—[(EO) p /(A 12 O) q ]—(EO) r —R 14 (2)
  • R 13 is a hydrocarbon group having 7 to 21 carbon atoms
  • —X— is —COO— or —CONH—
  • R 14 is a hydrogen atom; an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms
  • EO is an oxyethylene group
  • p is a number of 3 to 25 indicating the average number of repetitions of EO
  • a 12 is PO (oxypropylene group) and BO ( oxybutylene group)
  • q is a number from 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of A 12 O
  • r is a number from 0 to 20 representing the average number of repetitions of EO.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group of R 13 is 7-21, preferably 9-19, more preferably 11-17.
  • -X- is preferably -COO-.
  • R 14 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
  • p is preferably 6-22, more preferably 9-20, even more preferably 12-18.
  • q is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0 to 2, even more preferably 0.
  • p is preferably 4-16, more preferably 6-12, even more preferably 8-10.
  • q is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3.
  • r is preferably 4 to 16, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 8 to 10.
  • q is 1 or more, there is no particular limitation on the distribution (order of arrangement) of EO and PO, EO and BO, or EO, PO and BO in [(EO) p /(A 12 O) q ]. may be arranged in blocks or may be arranged randomly.
  • the content of the nonionic surfactant is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, still more preferably 15 to 45% by mass, and 20 to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent. Especially preferred. If the content of the nonionic surfactant is at least the above lower limit, the detergency will be enhanced. If the content of the nonionic surfactant is equal to or less than the above upper limit, liquid stability at low temperatures is improved.
  • liquid stability refers to the property that solidification, precipitation, and separation of components are unlikely to occur when the liquid detergent is stored.
  • non-soap anionic surfactants include linear alkylbenzene sulfonic acid or its salt (LAS), ⁇ -olefin sulfonic acid or its salt (AOS), linear or branched alkyl sulfate ester or its salt ( AS), polyoxyalkylene alkyl (alkenyl) ether sulfate or its salt (AES), alkanesulfonic acid having an alkyl group or its salt, ⁇ -sulfo fatty acid ester or its salt, internal olefin sulfonic acid or its salt (IOS) , alkyl ether carboxylic acid or its salt, polyoxyalkylene ether carboxylic acid or its salt, alkylamide ether carboxylic acid or its salt, alkenylamide ether carboxylic acid or its salt, acylaminocarboxylic acid or its salt, carboxylic acid type anion Surfactants; phosphoric acid ester types such as alkyl phosphates,
  • Non-soap anionic surfactants include, for example, alkali metal salts (sodium salts, potassium salts, etc.), alkaline earth metal salts (magnesium salts, etc.), alkanolamine salts (monoethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, etc.). ) and the like.
  • the non-soap anionic surfactants may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • LAS, AOS, AS, AES, and IOS are preferable, and LAS, AES, and IOS are more preferable from the viewpoint of further increasing detergency.
  • the liquid detergent contains at least AES, more preferably both LAS and AES.
  • a polyoxyalkylene alkyl (alkenyl) ether sulfate or a salt thereof (AES) is represented by the following general formula (3).
  • R 15 O—[(EO) m /(PO) n ]—SO 3 Ma (3)
  • R 15 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms or a linear or branched alkenyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • EO is is an oxyethylene group
  • PO is an oxypropylene group
  • m is a number of 0.1 or more representing the average number of repetitions of EO
  • n is a number of 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of PO.
  • (EO) m /(PO) n ] indicates that there is no limitation on the arrangement order of EO and PO
  • Ma is a counterion.
  • Examples of Ma in formula (3) include sodium ion, potassium ion, magnesium ion, and ammonium ion.
  • Ma is a counterion with a valence of 2 or higher
  • Ma is bound to -SO 3 by multiplying the valence by 1. For example, when Ma is a magnesium ion, the number of Ma is 1/2.
  • the internal olefin sulfonic acid or its salt (IOS) is represented by the following general formula (5) and the alkene sulfonic acid represented by the following general formula (4) (hereinafter also referred to as "compound (4)"): It is a mixture with hydroxyalkanesulfonic acid (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (5)").
  • An internal olefin represents an olefin in which a double bond exists inside from the 2-position.
  • R 16 —CH ⁇ CH(CH 2 ) x CH(SO 3 Mb)—R 17 (4)
  • R 16 is an alkyl group
  • R 17 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, the total number of carbon atoms is 8 to 24, x is a number of 0 to 4, Mb represents a counterion.
  • the number of carbon atoms in compound (4) is 8 to 24, preferably 10 to 20, more preferably 12 to 18, and even more preferably 14 to 18. If the number of carbon atoms is at least the above lower limit, the lipophilicity of IOS increases, and the function as a surfactant increases. If the number of carbon atoms is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the hydrophilicity of IOS increases, and the function as a surfactant increases.
  • R 16 in formula (4) represents an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in R 16 is preferably 1-21, more preferably 3-17, even more preferably 7-15.
  • R 17 in formula (4) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in R 17 is preferably 1-3.
  • x in formula (4) is 0 to 4, preferably 0 to 2. If x is more than the said lower limit, detergency will increase more. If x is below the said upper limit, liquid stability will improve more.
  • Examples of Mb in formula (4) include sodium ion, potassium ion, magnesium ion, and ammonium ion. When Mb is a counterion with a valence of 2 or higher, Mb is bound to -SO 3 by multiplying the valence by 1. For example, if Mb is a magnesium ion, the number of Mb is 1/2.
  • R 18 CH(SO 3 Mc)—R 19 (5)
  • R 18 is an alkyl group
  • R 19 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, the total number of carbon atoms is 8 to 24, y is a number of 0 to 4, Mc represents a counterion.
  • Compound (5) is the hydroxy form of compound (4).
  • the number of carbon atoms in compound (5) is 8 to 24, preferably 10 to 20, more preferably 12 to 18, and even more preferably 14 to 18. If the number of carbon atoms is at least the above lower limit, the lipophilicity of IOS increases, and the function as a surfactant increases. If the number of carbon atoms is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the hydrophilicity of IOS increases, and the function as a surfactant increases.
  • R 18 in formula (5) represents an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in R 18 is preferably 2-22, more preferably 4-18, even more preferably 8-16.
  • R 19 in formula (5) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in R 19 is preferably 1-3.
  • y in formula (5) is 0 to 4, preferably 0 to 2. If y is at least the above lower limit, the detergency will be enhanced. When y is equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the liquid stability is further improved.
  • Examples of Mc in formula (5) include sodium ion, potassium ion, magnesium ion, and ammonium ion.
  • Mc is a counter ion having a valence of 2 or more
  • Mc is bound to -SO 3 by a number multiplied by 1/valence.
  • Mc is a magnesium ion
  • the number of Mc is 1/2.
  • the ratio ((IO-2S)/(IO-1S) ratio) is preferably 0.3-5, more preferably 1-3.
  • the (IO-2S)/(IO-1S) ratio is at least the above lower limit, the slipperiness of the object to be washed is further enhanced. If the (IO-2S)/(IO-1S) ratio is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the liquid stability is further enhanced.
  • the (IO-1S) component is an IOS in which R 17 in formula (4) and R 19 in formula (5) have 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the (IO-2S) component is an IOS in which R 17 in formula (4) and R 19 in formula (5) have 4 or more carbon atoms.
  • IOS is obtained by sulfonating an internal olefin.
  • the total number of carbon atoms in the internal olefin is 8 to 24, preferably 10 to 20, more preferably 12 to 18, even more preferably 14 to 18.
  • Internal olefins can be obtained, for example, by isomerizing 1-olefins obtained by dehydrating 1-alcohols. When the internal olefin is sulfonated, ⁇ -sultone is generated quantitatively, and a part of ⁇ -sultone is converted to ⁇ -sultone and olefin sulfonic acid, which are then converted into compounds ( 4) and compound (5) (eg, J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc. 69, 39 (1992)).
  • the hydroxy group of the resulting compound (5) is inside the alkane chain and the double bond of compound (4) is inside the olefin chain.
  • the resulting product is mainly a mixture of these, and a part thereof includes a hydroxyalkanesulfonate having a hydroxy group at the end of the carbon chain, or a double bond at the end of the carbon chain. A trace amount of ⁇ -olefin sulfonate may also be contained.
  • IOS ⁇ -olefin sulfonate
  • the mass ratio of compound (4) to the mass of compound (5) with respect to 100% by mass of IOS is preferably 1/99 to 50/50, more preferably 1/99 to 30/70, even more preferably 5/95 to 20/80, and particularly preferably 10/90 to 15/85.
  • the compound (4)/compound (5) ratio is at least the above lower limit, the liquid stability is further enhanced. If the compound (4)/compound (5) ratio is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the detergency will be enhanced.
  • the content of the non-soap anionic surfactant is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, even more preferably 10 to 30% by mass, further preferably 15 to 30% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. % by weight is particularly preferred. If the content of the non-soap anionic surfactant is at least the above lower limit, the detergency will be enhanced. In addition, anti-soil redeposition property is improved. When the content of the non-soap anionic surfactant is not more than the above upper limit, the fluidity of the liquid detergent is excellent and the liquid stability at low temperatures is improved.
  • the mass ratio of the nonionic surfactant to the mass of the non-soap anionic surfactant was 0.00. 1 to 3 are preferred, 0.15 to 2 are more preferred, 0.2 to 1.5 are even more preferred, and 0.25 to 1.3 are particularly preferred. If the nonion/anion ratio is within the above range, liquid stability at low temperatures is improved. In addition, the liquid detergent is less prone to gelation, and better fluidity can be maintained. When the liquid detergent contains an enzyme, the enzyme stability may decrease if the liquid detergent contains a non-soap anionic surfactant as the component (B). Enzyme stability can be maintained well.
  • cationic surfactants include caprylic acid dimethylaminopropylamide, capric acid dimethylaminopropylamide, lauric acid dimethylaminopropylamide, myristate dimethylaminopropylamide, palmitate dimethylaminopropylamide, stearic acid dimethylaminopropylamide, Long-chain fatty amidoalkyl tertiary amines such as behenic acid dimethylaminopropylamide and oleic acid dimethylaminopropylamide or their salts; fatty ester alkyl tertiary amines such as palmitate ester propyl dimethylamine and stearate ester propyl dimethylamine or salts thereof; diethanolaminopropylamide palmitate, diethanolaminopropylamide stearate; tetra short chain (alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms) such as tetramethylammonium salt, tetraethylam
  • the content of the cationic surfactant is preferably 0.1-5% by mass, more preferably 0.2-3% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. If the content of the cationic surfactant is within the above range, it is possible to further enhance the softening, antibacterial and deodorizing effects of clothes.
  • amphoteric surfactants examples include alkylbetaine-type, alkylamidobetaine-type, imidazoline-type, alkylaminosulfone-type, alkylaminocarboxylic acid-type, alkylamidocarboxylic acid-type, amideaminoacid-type, and phosphoric acid-type amphoteric surfactants. mentioned.
  • An amphoteric surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be combined and used.
  • semipolar surfactants examples include alkylamine oxides, alkylamidopropyldimethylamine oxides, and the like. Semi-polar surfactants may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of component (B) is preferably 15 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 70% by mass, even more preferably 20 to 60% by mass, and 40 to 55% by mass relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. Especially preferred. (B) If content of a component is more than the said lower limit, detergency will increase more. (B) If content of a component is below the said upper limit, a liquid cleaning agent will be hard to gelatinize, and it can maintain fluidity
  • Component (C) is one or more selected from water and water-miscible organic solvents. If the liquid detergent contains the component (C), it will have good fluidity.
  • Component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Purified water ion-exchanged water, distilled water, tap water, and the like can be used as water.
  • One type of water may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the water content is preferably 3 to 30% by mass, preferably 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 5 to 23% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. . If the content of water is at least the above lower limit, the viscosity suitable as a liquid detergent can be favorably maintained. If the content of water is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the liquid detergent is less likely to gel, and good fluidity can be maintained. In the case of a liquid detergent with a low surfactant concentration, the water content is preferably 60-85% by mass, more preferably 65-83% by mass, even more preferably 70-80% by mass.
  • the content of water is at least the above lower limit, the viscosity of the liquid cleaning agent can be lowered, thereby improving usability and making it less flammable. Furthermore, the compatibility between the components is improved, and the manufacturability and liquid stability are further enhanced. If the content of water is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the detergency and liquid stability will be enhanced.
  • the surfactant concentration is high means that the total content of the surfactant in the liquid cleaning agent is 40% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the liquid cleaning agent.
  • Low surfactant concentration means that the total content of surfactants in the liquid detergent is less than 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • a water-miscible organic solvent refers to an organic solvent that dissolves 50 g or more in 1 L of water at 25°C.
  • Water-miscible organic solvents include alcohols such as ethanol, glycerin, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol (Solfit, trade name); propylene glycol; (PG), butylene glycol, hexylene glycol and other glycols; diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of about 200 to 1000, dipropylene glycol and other polyglycols; diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl Alkyl ethers such as ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl carbitol), diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and the like are included.
  • ethanol, glycerin, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, propylene glycol, and a molecular weight of about 200 to 1000 are preferred from the viewpoints of low odor, availability, fluidity of liquid detergents, and the like.
  • polyethylene glycol and diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl carbitol) are preferred, and ethanol, glycerin and propylene glycol are more preferred.
  • the water-miscible organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. It is preferable to use propylene glycol and ethanol in combination from the viewpoints of enzyme stability (residual activity), appearance stability, and fluidity of the liquid detergent.
  • the content of the water-miscible organic solvent is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-20% by mass, and even more preferably 8-15% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. If the content of the water-miscible organic solvent is at least the above lower limit, the appearance stability and fluidity of the liquid detergent will be good. When the content of the water-miscible organic solvent is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the stability of the enzyme is improved when the liquid detergent contains the enzyme.
  • the mass ratio of water to the mass of the water-miscible organic solvent is preferably 0.2 to 3, and 0.8. ⁇ 2.5 is more preferred, and 1-2 is even more preferred. If the water/organic solvent ratio is within the above range, the fluidity of the liquid cleaning agent is further improved.
  • the content of component (C) is preferably 6 to 60% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, even more preferably 20 to 45% by mass, even more preferably 30 to 40% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. Especially preferred. If the content of the component (C) is at least the above lower limit, the appearance stability and fluidity of the liquid detergent will be good. If the content of the component (C) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the stability of the enzyme is improved when the liquid detergent contains the enzyme.
  • Component is an inorganic alkaline agent.
  • the component (D) is a component that imparts detergency to the liquid detergent, especially detergency against sebum stains (sebum detergency).
  • the inorganic alkaline agent is a component that dissolves in whole or in part in water and exhibits basicity, and the pH of a 1% by mass aqueous solution at 25° C. is 8 or higher.
  • Specific examples of component (D) include sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, double salts of sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate (sodium sesquicarbonate), potassium carbonate, carbonates such as potassium hydrogen carbonate; sodium metasilicate, layered silicon and silicates such as sodium phosphate.
  • Component may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be combined and used.
  • the component (D) may be dissolved, or at least part of the component (D) may exist in a solid state.
  • the component (D) may be dissolved in the liquid detergent or may exist in a solid state without being dissolved. may be included.
  • component (D1) the component (D) dissolved in the liquid detergent
  • component (D1) the component (D) present in the liquid detergent in a solid state
  • component (D2) component the component (D) present in the liquid detergent in a solid state.
  • the entire amount of component (D) may be blended in the liquid detergent as it is, or an amount not exceeding the solubility of the total amount of component (D) may be blended in the liquid detergent and dissolved. may be incorporated into the liquid detergent.
  • the surface of component (D2) may be modified. If the surface of the component (D2) is modified, the component (D2) does not dissolve and the particle appearance (number of particles, particle size, etc.) can be maintained well, and the appearance stability of the component (D2) is enhanced. . In addition, the component (D2) is less likely to precipitate, improving dispersion stability. Furthermore, the dissolution rate of component (D2) can be controlled.
  • a method for modifying the surface of the component (D2) for example, a method of baking an inorganic alkaline agent can be used.
  • the surface-modified inorganic alkaline agent is also referred to as "modified alkaline agent".
  • sodium carbonate partially containing sodium bicarbonate and sodium sesquicarbonate is also regarded as a modified alkaline agent.
  • the surface of the component (D2) may be coated with a coating agent. That is, a coating layer may be formed on the surface of the component (D2). If the surface of the component (D2) is coated with a coating agent, the component (D2) does not dissolve and the particle appearance (number of particles, particle size, etc.) can be maintained well, and the appearance stability of the component (D2) increases. In addition, the component (D2) is less likely to precipitate, improving dispersion stability. Furthermore, the dissolution rate of component (D2) can be controlled. However, when the liquid detergent of the present invention is used in a washing machine or an automatic dispenser equipped with an automatic detergent dispenser, the surface of component (D2) should be It is preferably not coated with a coating. In this specification, an inorganic alkaline agent whose surface is coated with a coating agent is also referred to as a "coated alkaline agent".
  • Coating agents include, for example, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, polyacrylic acid or salts thereof, acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymers or salts thereof, acrylic acid-maleic anhydride copolymers or salts thereof.
  • fatty acid or its salt polyvinyl alcohol, pullulan, xanthan gum, starch, modified starch, sodium sulfate, calcium carbonate, aluminosilicate (zeolite, etc.), titanium oxide, and the like.
  • hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, polyacrylic acid or a salt thereof, acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymer are used from the viewpoint of controlling the solubility in the liquid detergent and maintaining the appearance of the particles.
  • acrylic acid-maleic anhydride copolymer or salt thereof, fatty acid or salt thereof, polyvinyl alcohol, pullulan, xanthan gum, starch, modified starch, sodium sulfate, calcium carbonate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose are preferable.
  • methylcellulose, polyacrylic acid or its salt, acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymer or its salt, acrylic acid-maleic anhydride copolymer or its salt, and sodium sulfate are more preferred.
  • a coating agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the coating alkali agent is a fluidized bed granulation method in which a coating agent is sprayed while fluidizing an inorganic alkali agent to granulate and coat.
  • agitating granulation method immersing and agitating an inorganic alkaline agent in a coating agent, distilling off the solvent to obtain granules and coated products, adding a coating agent to an inorganic alkaline agent, and kneading Extrusion granulation method of mixing and extruding this with an extruder, rolling granulation method of granulating and coating by spraying coating agent while rotating inorganic alkaline agent, spraying slurry containing inorganic alkaline agent and coating agent It can be obtained by a spray-drying granulation method or the like.
  • the coating agent may be dissolved or dispersed in any solvent and used in the form of a solution.
  • salt that makes the coating agent sensitive is added to the granules obtained by the above-described method using any machine such as a mixer, granulator, or fluidized bed, and mixed, A coated alkaline agent may be produced.
  • salt that sensitizes the coating material refers to a salt that increases the viscosity of the coating material, causes gelation, or forms a film.
  • Preferred examples of such sensitive salts include polyvalent chlorides such as calcium chloride, magnesium chloride and aluminum chloride; polyvalent sulfates such as magnesium sulfate and aluminum sulfate; polyvalent nitrates such as calcium nitrate and magnesium nitrate; polyvalent organic acid salts such as calcium acetate and calcium citrate; calcium oxide; calcium hydroxide; and sodium tetraborate.
  • polyvalent chlorides such as calcium chloride, magnesium chloride and aluminum chloride
  • polyvalent sulfates such as magnesium sulfate and aluminum sulfate
  • polyvalent nitrates such as calcium nitrate and magnesium nitrate
  • polyvalent organic acid salts such as calcium acetate and calcium citrate
  • calcium oxide calcium hydroxide
  • sodium tetraborate sodium tetraborate.
  • One type of sensitive salt may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the ratio of the coating layer to 100 parts by mass of component (D2) is preferably 1 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 50 parts by mass, and even more preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass. If the ratio of the coating layer is at least the above lower limit, the effect of component (D2) covering the surface can be sufficiently obtained. If the ratio of the coating layer is not more than the above upper limit, the coating layer quickly dissolves, swells, disintegrates, or disperses in the washing liquid, and component (D2) can be prevented from being left undissolved. In addition, the amount of component (D2) per unit weight can be increased.
  • the particle size of component (D) is preferably 10 to 2000 ⁇ m, more preferably 100 to 1500 ⁇ m, even more preferably 200 to 1000 ⁇ m.
  • the particle size of component (D) is at least the above lower limit, the dissolution rate can be easily controlled, and the appearance of the particles can be excellent. If the particle size of the component (D) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the dissolution rate in water is improved.
  • the particle size of component (D) is preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 100 ⁇ m or less.
  • the particle size of component (D) whose surface is not coated is preferably less than 200 ⁇ m, more preferably less than 100 ⁇ m.
  • the particle size of the component (D) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the component (D2) dissolves quickly when the liquid detergent is diluted with water.
  • the solid component (D2) is less likely to remain on the inlet of the washing machine or on the clothes after washing. Therefore, if the particle size of component (D) is 200 ⁇ m or less, it is suitable for use in washing machines and automatic dispensers equipped with an automatic detergent injection function.
  • the particle size of the coated alkaline agent is preferably 10 to 2000 ⁇ m, more preferably 100 to 1500 ⁇ m, even more preferably 200 to 1000 ⁇ m.
  • the particle diameter of the coated alkaline agent is at least the above lower limit, the dissolution rate can be easily controlled, and the appearance of the particles is excellent. If the particle size of the coated alkaline agent is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the dissolution rate in water is improved.
  • the particle size of the coated alkaline agent is preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 100 ⁇ m or less.
  • the particle size of the component (D) and the particle size of the coated alkaline agent are measured by a laser diffraction scattering method using a particle size distribution analyzer (for example, manufactured by Beckman Coulter, Inc., product name "LS 13 320"). This is the standard median diameter.
  • the particle size may be measured by a dry method in which the component (D) or the coated alkaline agent is measured as it is, or by a wet method in which the component (D) or the coated alkaline agent is dispersed in a solvent and measured.
  • the content of component (D) is preferably 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 2 to 15% by mass, even more preferably 2.5 to 10% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • content of a component is more than the said lower limit, detergency will increase more.
  • content of a component is below the said upper limit, the fluidity
  • the ratio of the component (D2) is 10 to 80% by mass with respect to the total mass of the component (D). Preferably, 15 to 70% by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 60% by mass. If the ratio of component (D2) to the total mass of component (D) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, fluidity of the liquid detergent and beautiful appearance of particles can be obtained.
  • (E) component is a dispersant. If the liquid detergent contains the (E) component, it is possible to suppress re-adhesion of sebum stains and their decomposition products removed from the textiles during washing to the textiles. Therefore, it is possible to further suppress the occurrence of yellowing of the textile product, and the detergency against the yellowing of the textile product is further enhanced.
  • component (E) include alkylene oxide adducts of polyalkyleneimine, polycarboxylic acid polymers, and salts of polycarboxylic acid polymers.
  • (E) Component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the polyalkyleneimine of the alkylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine (hereinafter also referred to as "(E1) component”) is represented by, for example, the following general formula (6).
  • R 20 is each independently an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • B represents a hydrogen atom or another branched polyamine chain.
  • g is a number of 1 or more. However, all of the above B are not hydrogen atoms.
  • the polyalkyleneimine represented by the general formula (6) has a branched polyamine chain in its structure.
  • R 20 is a linear alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched alkylene group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 20 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is obtained by polymerizing one or more alkyleneimine having 2 to 6 carbon atoms by a conventional method.
  • the alkyleneimine having 2 to 6 carbon atoms includes ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, 2,3-butyleneimine, 1,1-dimethylethyleneimine and the like.
  • polyethyleneimine (PEI) and polypropyleneimine are preferable, and PEI is more preferable.
  • PEI is obtained by polymerizing ethyleneimine and has a branched chain structure containing primary, secondary and tertiary amine nitrogen atoms in its structure.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200-2000, more preferably 300-1500, even more preferably 400-1000, and particularly preferably 500-800.
  • the polyalkyleneimine preferably has 5 to 30 active hydrogens in one molecule, more preferably 7 to 25 active hydrogens, and even more preferably 10 to 20 active hydrogens.
  • the (E1) component is obtained by adding an alkylene oxide to a polyalkyleneimine.
  • an alkylene oxide such as ethylene oxide is added to the polyalkyleneimine starting material at 100 to 180°C. and the like.
  • Alkylene oxides include those having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkylene oxide include ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and butylene oxide, with ethylene oxide and propylene oxide being preferred, and ethylene oxide being more preferred.
  • Component (E1) includes ethylene oxide adducts of polyalkyleneimine, propylene oxide adducts of polyalkyleneimine, and ethylene oxide-propylene oxide adducts of polyalkyleneimine.
  • the ethylene oxide-propylene oxide adduct of the polyalkyleneimine is obtained by adding ethylene oxide and propylene oxide to the polyalkyleneimine.
  • Component (E1) is preferably an ethylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine or an ethylene oxide-propylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine, more preferably an ethylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine.
  • the component (E1) is preferably one in which an average of 5 to 40 alkylene oxides are added to 1 atom of the active hydrogen of the raw material polyalkyleneimine, and an average of 10 to 30 alkylene oxides are added. is more preferred. That is, it is preferable that an average of 5 to 40 mol of alkylene oxide is added per 1 mol of active hydrogen of the raw material polyalkyleneimine, and that of an average of 10 to 30 mol of alkylene oxide is more preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight of component (E1) is preferably from 1,000 to 80,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 50,000, even more preferably from 5,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably from 10,000 to 20,000.
  • the mass average molecular weight in this specification means the value obtained by gel permeation chromatography using polyethylene glycol as a standard substance.
  • the (E1) component includes, for example, compounds represented by the following general formula (7).
  • each R 22 is independently an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Each h is independently a number of 1 or more.
  • R 22 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms.
  • h is the average repeating number of (R 22 O), each independently preferably 5-40, more preferably 10-30.
  • (E1) component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • As the (E1) component a synthetic product or a commercially available product may be used.
  • the content of component (E1) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 4% by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 3% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. (E1) If the content of the component is at least the above lower limit, the detergency against yellowing will be better. If the content of the component (E1) is equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the appearance stability is improved.
  • polycarboxylic acid-based polymers and salts of polycarboxylic acid-based polymers include, for example, polyacrylic acid and its salts, polymaleic acid and its salts, acrylic acid -maleic acid copolymers and salts thereof, copolymers of hydrocarbons having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and maleic acid and salts thereof, acrylic acid-methacrylic acid copolymers and salts thereof, and the like.
  • the (E2) component is one or more selected from acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymers and salts thereof, and one selected from copolymers of hydrocarbons having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and maleic acid and salts thereof.
  • More than one species is preferable, and one or more species selected from copolymers of hydrocarbons having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and maleic acid and salts thereof are more preferable.
  • the salt may be partly or wholly, and the salt is preferably an alkali metal salt such as sodium or potassium or an organic amine salt such as alkanolamine.
  • the hydrocarbon having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in the component (E2) may be any one that can be copolymerized with maleic acid. Hydrocarbons of ⁇ 10 are more preferred, hydrocarbons of 4 to 9 carbon atoms are more preferred, hydrocarbons of 5 to 9 carbon atoms are particularly preferred, and hydrocarbons of 8 carbon atoms are most preferred. Such hydrocarbons include, for example, unsaturated chain hydrocarbons having double bonds.
  • the molar ratio of copolymerization of acrylic acid and maleic acid is preferably 50:50 to 80:20, more preferably 50:50 to 70:30. More preferably, 55:45 to 65:35 is even more preferable.
  • Higher proportions of acrylic acid are more soluble in liquid detergents.
  • the polymerizability is enhanced and the production of the copolymer is facilitated.
  • a higher proportion of maleic acid increases the ability to break down the insolubilized modified starch-calcium complex, resulting in higher detergency.
  • the (E2) component may be a crosslinked polymer or a non-crosslinked polymer.
  • the crosslinked polymer include a crosslinked polymer crosslinked by a crosslinking agent.
  • the cross-linking agent include allyl ether compounds.
  • the allyl ether compound include allyl ether, allyl ether of sugar, allyl ether of sugar alcohol, and the like.
  • the sugar include sucrose and the like.
  • Examples of the sugar alcohol include pentaerythritol.
  • the weight average molecular weight of component (E2) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 3,000 to 100,000, even more preferably 5,000 to 80,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 50,000. If the mass average molecular weight of the component (E2) is at least the above lower limit, the coating and washing properties of the liquid detergent will be improved. (E2) If the mass average molecular weight of the component is at most the above upper limit, the liquid stability of the liquid detergent will be improved.
  • the weight average molecular weight of a copolymer of a hydrocarbon having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and maleic acid is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 3,000 to 50,000.
  • the copolymer of acrylic acid and maleic acid preferably has a mass average molecular weight of 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 50,000.
  • the weight-average molecular weight is at least the above lower limit, it becomes easy to take out the laundry after washing from the washing machine. If the weight average molecular weight is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the liquid stability of the liquid detergent is improved.
  • (E2) component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • As the (E2) component a synthetic product or a commercially available product may be used.
  • Commercially available products of component (E2) include, for example, one or more selected from copolymers of hydrocarbons having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and maleic acid and salts thereof.
  • the content of component (E2) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 4% by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 3% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. (E2) If the content of the component is at least the above lower limit, the detergency against yellowing will be better. (E2) If the content of the component is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the fluidity of the liquid detergent will be good.
  • the (E) component is preferably the (E1) component from the viewpoint of particularly excellent cleaning performance against yellowing and fluidity of the liquid detergent.
  • the ethylene oxide adduct of polyethyleneimine represented by the general formula (7) is particularly preferred.
  • the content of component (E) is preferably 0.02 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 8% by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 6% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. (E) If the content of the component is at least the above lower limit, the detergency against yellowing will be better. (E) If content of a component is below the said upper limit, the fluidity
  • the total content of components (A) and (E) is preferably 0.07 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1.1 to 1.1%, based on the total mass of the liquid detergent. 7% by mass is more preferred, and 2 to 5% by mass is particularly preferred. If the total content of the component (A) and the component (E) is at least the above lower limit, the detergency against yellowing will be better. If the total content of the component (A) and the component (E) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the appearance stability of the liquid detergent will be good.
  • the mass ratio of component (A) to the mass of component (E), that is, the mass ratio (A/E ratio) represented by component (A)/component (E) is preferably 0.005 to 50, and 0.005 to 50.
  • 05 to 20 are more preferred, 0.1 to 10 are more preferred, 0.1 to 5 are particularly preferred, and 0.1 to 1 are most preferred. If the A/E ratio is at least the above lower limit, the detergency against yellowing will be better. If the A/E ratio is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the fluidity of the liquid detergent will be good.
  • Component is a structuring agent.
  • the liquid detergent is structured by containing the component (F). Therefore, when the liquid detergent contains insoluble particles (for example, the above-described component (D2)), the dispersion stability of the insoluble particles can be enhanced, the insoluble particles can be uniformly dispersed in the liquid detergent, and the state can be maintained satisfactorily. can.
  • the term “structured” refers to a state in which the viscosity changes before and after force is applied.
  • Structuring agents include, for example, bacterial cellulose, non-bacterial cellulose, and the following compound (8).
  • a structuring agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Bacterial cellulose is cellulose produced by fermentation of bacteria of the genus Acetobacter.
  • Examples of bacterial cellulose include so-called mesh-like bacterial cellulose, in which water-insoluble fibers are branched into a network and mesh with each other to form a network.
  • At least part of the bacterial cellulose may be coated or mixed with a thickening agent.
  • Thickeners include, for example, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), modified CMC, xanthan products, pectin, alginates, gellan gum, welan gum, diutan gum, rhamsan gum, carrageenan, guar gum, agar, gum arabic, ghatti gum, karaya gum, tragacanth gum, Examples include tamarind gum and locust bean gum.
  • a thickener may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • Non-bacterial cellulose is cellulose obtained from vegetables, fruits, and wood, and is also called cellulose fiber.
  • non-bacterial cellulose commercially available products can be used, for example, the trade name "Avicel (registered trademark)” manufactured by FMC, the trade name “Citri-Fi” manufactured by Fiberstar, the trade name "Betafib” manufactured by Cosun, etc. mentioned.
  • the compound (8) is a compound (triglyceride component) represented by the following general formula (8).
  • Z 1 to Z 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or a carboxy group.
  • Z 1 to Z 3 may be the same or different.
  • the volume of the hydrophobic group portion becomes sufficiently bulky, and the coating detergency becomes high.
  • the risk of solidification due to bulkiness of the hydrophobic group portion is reduced.
  • Examples of compound (8) include compound (8-1) in which Z 1 to Z 3 are hydroxy groups, compound (8-2) in which Z 1 to Z 3 are hydrogen atoms, and the like.
  • Hydrogenated castor oil is particularly preferred as compound (8-1), and hydrogenated palm oil is particularly preferred as compound (8-2).
  • Hydrogenated castor oils may include glycerides, especially triglycerides, containing alkyl or alkenyl moieties with 10 to 22 carbon atoms incorporating hydroxyl groups, specifically trihydroxystearin, dihydroxystearin, and the like. Hydrogenated castor oil is obtained by hydrogenating castor oil to convert double bonds that may be present as ricinoleyl moieties in the starting oil.
  • Hydrogenated castor oil can be processed in any suitable starting form, including, but not limited to, which can be used in the solid state, the melt state, or mixtures thereof.
  • hydrogenated castor oil commercially available products can be used, for example, Rheox, Inc.; product name “THIXCIN (registered trademark)” manufactured by NOF Corporation, and product name “Caster Wax A Flake” manufactured by NOF Corporation.
  • Rheox, Inc. product name "THIXCIN (registered trademark)” manufactured by NOF Corporation
  • product name "Caster Wax A Flake” manufactured by NOF Corporation commercially available products can be used.
  • bacterial cellulose and non-bacterial cellulose are preferable because even a small amount thereof can sufficiently exhibit the effect of enhancing the dispersion stability of insoluble particles such as the component (D2), and a highly transparent liquid appearance can be easily obtained. , bacterial cellulose is more preferred.
  • the content of component (F) is preferably 0.02 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.04 to 1.5% by mass, and further preferably 0.05 to 1% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. preferable.
  • the content of the component (F) is the actual content of the product. , preferably 1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2 to 8% by mass, and even more preferably 2.5 to 7% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • the "content of the product as it is” means the content of the product itself, including the water contained in the product.
  • the content of the component (F) is at least the above lower limit, the dispersion stability of the insoluble particles such as the component (D2) is enhanced. If the content of the component (F) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the viscosity of the liquid detergent becomes lower, and usability and liquid stability are further enhanced.
  • Optional components include builder components other than component (D), chelating agents, pH adjusters, viscosity reducers and solubilizers, enzymes, antibacterial agents, thickeners other than component (F), and Alkali agent, higher fatty acid or its salt, preservative, antioxidant, inorganic reducing agent, enzyme stabilizer, texture improver, dye transfer inhibitor, anti-soil redeposition agent other than component (E), coloring agent, emulsion agents, flavoring agents, anti-tarnishing agents, hydrotropic agents, bleaching agents, pearl agents, extracts of natural products, and the like.
  • Optional components may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • Builder components other than component (D) include, for example, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium sulfate, potassium sulfate, sodium sulfite, potassium sulfite, sodium hydrogensulfite, ammonium chloride, ammonium sulfate, sodium tetraborate, sodium pyrophosphate, sodium tripolyphosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, aluminosilicates (eg, zeolite, etc.);
  • Other builder components may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • Other builder components may be dissolved in the liquid detergent or present in solid form.
  • the content of other builder components is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, based on the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • a chelating agent having a tri- or tetravalent carboxylic acid group or a salt thereof is preferred.
  • Specific examples include citric acid or its salts, aminocarboxylic acid-based chelating agents or its salts.
  • Aminocarboxylic acid refers to a compound containing at least one primary to tertiary amino group and at least one carboxyl group in one molecule, and an aminocarboxylic acid-based chelating agent is a chelating agent that is an aminocarboxylic acid.
  • Aminocarboxylic acid-based chelating agents that are known in the field of detergents can be used.
  • MGDA methylglycine diacetate
  • GLDA L-glutamic acid diacetic acid
  • DTPA diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid
  • EDDS ethylenediamine succinate
  • HIDS 3-hydroxy-2,2'-iminodisuccinic acid
  • ASDA 3-hydroxy-2,2'-iminodisuccinate
  • L-aspartic acid-N,N-2 acetic acid ASDA
  • a chelating agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the chelating agent is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. 0.1% by mass or more is more preferable. If the content of the chelating agent is at least the above lower limit, the detergency improving effect, liquid stability improving effect, and discoloration preventing effect can be sufficiently obtained.
  • pH adjusters examples include alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide; basic amino acids such as arginine and lysine; ammonia; acid agents such as sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, and citric acid. .
  • alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide
  • basic amino acids such as arginine and lysine
  • ammonia acid agents
  • sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, and citric acid .
  • sodium hydroxide, sulfuric acid and hydrochloric acid are preferred.
  • the pH adjusters may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the pH adjuster to be added may be appropriately set so as to adjust the pH of the liquid detergent to a predetermined value.
  • Viscosity reducers and solubilizers include, for example, aromatic sulfonic acids or salts thereof. Specific examples include toluenesulfonic acid, xylenesulfonic acid, cumenesulfonic acid, substituted or unsubstituted naphthalenesulfonic acid, and salts thereof. Salts of aromatic sulfonic acids include sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, alkanolamine salts, and the like.
  • the viscosity reducers and solubilizers may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the viscosity reducer and the solubilizer is preferably 0.1 to 15% by weight with respect to the total weight of the liquid detergent.
  • the enzyme means an enzyme preparation.
  • a liquid enzyme preparation may be used, or a solid (granular) enzyme preparation may be used.
  • a solid enzyme preparation it is preferred that a part or the whole of it is present in the liquid detergent in a solid state from the viewpoint of enzyme stability.
  • enzymes examples include protease, amylase, lipase, cellulase, mannanase and the like.
  • protease trade names Savinase 16L, Savinase Ultra 16L, Savinase Ultra 16XL, Savinase Evity 16L, Everlase 16L TypeEX, Everlase Ultra 16L, Esperase 5L, Alcalase 5L, 2L, Alcalase, 2L, Alcalase, 2L, 2L, Alcalase, 16XL, Savinase Evity 16L, Savinase Ultra 16XL, Savinase Evity 16L, and Alcalase are available as protease preparations from Novozymes.
  • lipase include Lipex 100L, Lipolase 100L, Lipex 100T (trade names) available from Novozymes as lipase preparations.
  • Examples of cellulase include Endolase 5000L, Celluzyme 0.4L, Carezyme 4500L and Celluclean 4500T available from Novozymes as cellulase preparations, and REVITALENTZ 2000 available from DuPont.
  • Examples of mannanase include Mannaway 4L, Mannaway 4.0T and the like available from Novozymes as mannanase preparations.
  • the content of the enzyme is preferably 0.1-5% by mass, more preferably 0.3-3% by mass, and even more preferably 0.4-2.5% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. If the content of the enzyme is within the above range, the detergency will be enhanced and it will be economically advantageous.
  • Antibacterial agents include, for example, diclosan, triclosan, isopropylmethylphenol, polylysine, polyhexamethylenebiguanide, and the like. Among these, antibacterial agents having a diphenyl structure are preferred, and diclosan and triclosan are more preferred.
  • One type of antibacterial agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the content of the antibacterial agent is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, even more preferably 0.03 to 2% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • a liquid detergent contains an antibacterial agent having a diphenyl structure such as diclosan or triclosan
  • the liquid detergent tends to be colored when exposed to light, especially when the pH of the liquid detergent is high.
  • the liquid detergent contains the component (A)
  • the component (A) absorbs the light that hits the liquid detergent, thereby suppressing the reaction occurring between the phenyl groups and improving the stability against light. It is believed that the coloration of the liquid detergent when exposed to light can be suppressed.
  • the mass ratio of component (A) to the mass of the antibacterial agent having a diphenyl structure that is, the mass ratio represented by component (A)/antibacterial agent having a diphenyl structure (hereinafter also referred to as "A/antibacterial agent ratio"). is preferably 0.1 to 60, more preferably 0.25 to 60, more preferably 1 to 30, particularly preferably 1 to 10, most preferably 1 to 5. If there is, the stability of the liquid detergent against light is further improved, and coloration when exposed to light can be further suppressed. If the A/antibacterial agent ratio is equal to or less than the above upper limit, a sufficient antibacterial effect is likely to be obtained.
  • thickeners other than component (F) include acrylic polymers, xanthan gum, and galageenan.
  • examples of commercially available acrylic polymers include the Carbopol (registered trademark) series manufactured by Lubrizol.
  • the Carbopol series includes, for example, Carbopol ETD 2623, Carbopol EZ3, Carbopol EZ4, Carbopol Ultrez20, Carbopol Ultrez21, Carbopol Aqua 30 and the like.
  • Other thickeners may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of other thickening agents is preferably 6% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2 to 4% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • alkaline agents other than component (D) examples include monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol, 2-amino Alkanolamine such as 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, isopropanolamine and diisopropanolamine.
  • monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, isopropanolamine, and diisopropanolamine are preferred.
  • Other alkaline agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the other alkaline agents is preferably 3-8% by mass, more preferably 4-6% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • the antifoaming property refers to the property of suppressing foaming when washing with a liquid detergent, specifically when the liquid detergent is diluted with tap water or the like.
  • Higher fatty acids or salts thereof include single fatty acids or salts thereof such as caprylic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, isostearic acid, hydroxystearic acid, oleic acid, behenic acid; Fatty acids, mixed fatty acids such as beef tallow fatty acids, salts thereof, and the like are included.
  • Preferred higher fatty acids are lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid and coconut oil fatty acid, and more preferred is coconut oil fatty acid.
  • Salt forms of higher fatty acids include, for example, alkali metal salts (sodium salts, potassium salts, etc.), alkaline earth metal salts (magnesium salts, etc.), and alkanolamine salts (monoethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, etc.). .
  • Higher fatty acids or salts thereof may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the higher fatty acid or its salt is preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2 to 8% by mass, still more preferably 3 to 5% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. If the content of the higher fatty acid or salt thereof is at least the above lower limit, antifoaming properties are enhanced. If the content of the higher fatty acid or salt thereof is equal to or less than the above upper limit, liquid stability at low temperatures is improved.
  • antiseptics examples include 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, 3-iodopropynylbutylcarbamate, zinc pyrithione, sodium pyrithione, octylisothiazolin-3-one, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one.
  • BIT 5-chloro-2-methylisothiazolin-3-one
  • CMIT 2-methylisothiazolin-3-one
  • MIT 2-methylisothiazolin-3-one
  • ethoxylated cocoamine octanediol
  • benzyl alcohol phenoxyethanol
  • sodium benzoate sodium benzoate
  • the liquid detergent contains an antioxidant, oxygen absorption in the headspace of the container containing the liquid detergent can be suppressed. In addition, fading and discoloration due to light and heat can be suppressed.
  • antioxidants include monophenolic antioxidants such as dibutylhydroxytoluene and butylhydroxyanisole; bisphenolic antioxidants such as 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol; dl- ⁇ -polymeric phenolic antioxidants such as tocopherol, etc.
  • monophenolic antioxidants and polymeric antioxidants are preferable.
  • the monophenolic antioxidants dibutylhydroxytoluene
  • polymeric phenolic antioxidants dl- ⁇ -tocopherol is particularly preferred.
  • An antioxidant may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be combined and used.
  • the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.01-2% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • the liquid detergent contains an inorganic reducing agent, fading and discoloration due to light or heat can be suppressed.
  • the inorganic reducing agent include sulfites such as sodium sulfite and potassium sulfite; pyrosulfites such as sodium pyrosulfite and potassium pyrosulfite; and bisulfites such as sodium hydrogensulfite and potassium hydrogensulfite.
  • sodium sulfite is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent liquid stability.
  • An inorganic reducing agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the content of the inorganic reducing agent is preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 1% by mass, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. . If the content of the inorganic reducing agent is at least the above lower limit, the effect of suppressing coloration due to light can be sufficiently obtained, and if it is at most the above upper limit, the liquid stability is enhanced.
  • Enzyme stabilizers include, for example, boric acid, borax, formic acid or salts thereof, lactic acid or salts thereof, calcium salts such as calcium chloride and calcium sulfate.
  • An enzyme stabilizer may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. The content of the enzyme stabilizer is preferably 2% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • the texture improver examples include silicones such as dimethylsilicone, polyether-modified silicone and amino-modified silicone.
  • the texture improver may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the texture improver is preferably 5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • dye transfer inhibitors examples include polyvinylpyrrolidone, carboxymethylcellulose, and polyalkyleneamine.
  • the dye transfer inhibitor may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the dye transfer inhibitor is preferably 3% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • anti-soil redeposition agent other than the component (E) for example, at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of alkylene terephthalate units and alkylene isophthalate units and , and at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of oxyalkylene units and polyoxyalkylene units.
  • water-soluble polymers include the trade name “TexCare SRN-100” (manufactured by Clariant, weight average molecular weight 2000 to 3000), the trade name “TexCare SRN-300” (manufactured by Clariant, weight average molecular weight 7000), trade name “Repel-O-Tex Crystal” (manufactured by Rhodia), trade name “Repel-O-Tex QC” (manufactured by Rhodia), and the like.
  • TexCare SRN-100 is preferred because of its high solubility in water and excellent liquid stability.
  • TexCare SRN-170 manufactured by Clariant Co., Ltd.
  • Clariant Co., Ltd. which is commercially available as a 70% aqueous solution of TexCare SRN-100
  • Other anti-soil redeposition agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of other anti-soil redeposition agents is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • the coloring agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include dyes described in "Legal Dyes Handbook" (Japan Cosmetic Industry Association) and those chemically modified with a water-soluble polymer or the like at the end of the chromophore structure. be done. Specifically, C.I. I. Acid Red 138, C.I. I. Acid Red 260, C.I. I. Acid Red 106, Acid Yellow 203 (Yellow No. 203), Acid Blue 9, Blue No. 1, Blue No. 205, Green No.
  • Liquitint® BLUE SE Liquitint® Blue SE
  • Liquitint® BLUE HP Liquitint® Blue HP
  • Liquitint® BLUE MC Liquitint® Blue MC
  • Liquitint® VIOLET CT Liquitint® Violet CT
  • Liquitint® VIOLET LS Liquitint® Violet LS
  • Liquitint® VIOLET DD Liquitint® Violet DD
  • Liquitint® ) GREEN SA Liquitint (Registered Trademark) Green SA
  • Liquitint (Registered Trademark) Bright Yellow Liquitint (Registered Trademark) Bright Yellow
  • Liquitint (Registered Trademark) YELLOW SY Liquitint (Registered Trademark) Yellow SY
  • Liquitint (Registered Trademark) Trademark) YELLOW LP Liquitint (registered
  • colorants may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably 0.00005 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably 0.00005 to 0.01% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. If the content of the coloring agent is at least the above lower limit value, the liquid detergent can be sufficiently colored, and if it is at most the above upper limit value, pigmentation on the object to be washed is less likely to occur, resulting in excellent dispersion stability. It becomes easy to obtain a liquid detergent.
  • emulsifying agents examples include polystyrene emulsions and polyvinyl acetate emulsions, and usually emulsions having a solid content of 30 to 50% by mass are preferably used. Specific examples include polystyrene emulsion (trade name: Saibinol (registered trademark) RPX-196 PE-3, solid content 40% by mass, manufactured by Saiden Chemical Co., Ltd.), Opulyn 301, Acusol OP 301, and the like.
  • the emulsifying agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the emulsifying agent is preferably 0.001-0.5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • flavoring agent for example, Kagaku Kogyo Nippousha, 1996, Genichi Indo, "Synthetic Perfume, Chemistry and Product Knowledge”; Montclair, 1969; J. published by STEFFEN ARCTANDER, "Perfume and Flavor Chemicals”. More specific examples include synthetic fragrances, natural fragrances derived from animals or plants, mixed fragrances containing natural and/or synthetic fragrances, and fragrance ingredients described in, for example, JP-A-2002-146399.
  • the flavoring agent may be formulated as a capsule fragrance encased in a capsule formed of a polymer compound. Flavoring agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the flavoring agent is preferably 0.01 to 2% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent. In addition, the total amount of all components constituting the liquid detergent does not exceed 100% by mass.
  • the pH of the liquid detergent at 25° C. is 9 or higher, preferably 9-12, more preferably 9-11, and even more preferably 9-10. If the pH of the liquid detergent is equal to or higher than the above lower limit, sebum stains, which are the cause of yellowing on textiles, are hydrolyzed and easily removed from the textiles, increasing the detergency against yellowing of textiles. If the pH of the liquid detergent is equal to or less than the above upper limit, damage to textile products such as clothes can be prevented.
  • the pH of the liquid detergent can be adjusted by adding a pH adjuster, if necessary.
  • the pH of the liquid detergent is a value measured with a pH meter (manufactured by Toa DKK Co., Ltd., product name "HM-30G”) at 25°C.
  • the method for producing the liquid detergent is not particularly limited, and the liquid detergent can be produced according to a conventional method.
  • the liquid detergent may contain the components (A), (B), and part of (C), and if necessary, components (D), (E), (F), and pH It can be produced by mixing one or more optional components other than the adjuster, adjusting the pH to a predetermined value using a pH adjuster as necessary, and then mixing the remaining component (C).
  • Liquid detergents can be used, for example, by putting the liquid detergent into the liquid detergent inlet of the washing machine and then running the washing machine, or by putting the liquid detergent into the water together with the object to be washed during washing. a method of immersing the object to be washed in a cleaning liquid prepared by previously dissolving a liquid detergent in water; a method of directly applying the liquid detergent to the object to be washed and leaving it for, for example, 3 minutes to 24 hours; and the like.
  • An automatic detergent dispenser is a device that automatically injects liquid detergent from a tank containing liquid detergent into the washing tub via a filter for dust removal provided at the bottom of the tank and an injection pipe. is.
  • a metering means such as a syringe pump is provided in the middle of the loading pipe so that a fixed amount set according to the amount of laundry can be transferred from the tank to the washing tub.
  • an automatic dispenser that can automatically dispense a predetermined amount of liquid. Even when an automatic dispenser is used, even a small amount of the liquid detergent can be measured accurately, so it is easy to exhibit sufficient detergency and waste due to overuse can be avoided, which is preferable.
  • Some automatic dispensers on the market use an infrared sensor or the like to automatically dispense without touching a switch or the like. If such an automatic dispenser is used, the amount of liquid detergent can be measured simply by holding out the container held in one hand, which greatly reduces the burden on the user.
  • the material of the soft container that can be thrown into the washing machine as it is include silicone resin, polyvinyl chloride, elastomer, soft polyester, soft polypropylene, and polyurethane.
  • Examples of articles to be washed include clothing (clothes), cloths, towels, sheets, and textile products such as curtains.
  • the material of the textile product is not particularly limited, and may be any of natural fibers such as cotton, silk and wool, and chemical fibers such as polyester and polyamide.
  • the liquid detergent is used by dissolving it in water, it is preferable to dilute it, for example, 5 to 6000 times (by volume).
  • the bath ratio mass of washing liquid during washing/mass of clothes
  • the bath ratio mass of washing liquid during washing/mass of clothes
  • Liquid detergents are suitable as detergents for textiles.
  • the washing machine or automatic washing machine equipped with an automatic detergent injection function can be used. Suitable for use in dispensers.
  • the liquid detergent of the present invention described above contains the components (A), (B) and (C), and has a pH of 9 or more at 25°C, so it has detergency against yellowing of textile products. Excellent for In particular, when the liquid detergent contains component (E), the detergency against yellowing of textiles is further enhanced. Moreover, if the liquid cleansing agent contains the (D) component, the detergency against sebum stains is further enhanced.
  • Raw materials used The compound shown below was used as a component.
  • ⁇ A-1 4,4′-bis(2-sulfostyryl)biphenyl disodium salt (manufactured by BASF, trade name “Tinopal (registered trademark) CBS-X”).
  • ⁇ A-2 4,4'-bis((4-amino-6-morpholino-1,3,5-triazinyl-2)amino)stilbene-2,2'-disulfonate (manufactured by ARCHROMA, trade name "Leucophor® DMA-X Conc").
  • B-2 A straight-chain alkylbenzenesulfonic acid having an alkyl group having 10 to 14 carbon atoms (manufactured by Lion Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd., trade name “Lipon (registered trademark) LH-200”).
  • ⁇ B-4 IOS. The content of sodium internal olefin sulfonate and hydroxy form synthesized by the following synthesis method is 85% by mass. Synthesized by the synthesis method described below.
  • a nonionic surfactant obtained by block addition in the order of B-1 and B-5 are nonionic surfactants, and B-2 to B-4 are non-soap anionic surfactants.
  • a glass thin-film sulfonation apparatus with an inner diameter of 6 mm ⁇ and a length of 1.2 m was used to convert the reactor temperature to 10 with nitrogen - diluted SO gas (SO concentration: 5 % by volume). ° C. and a SO 3 /internal olefin molar ratio of 1.1, a sulfonation reaction was carried out in a conventional manner to obtain an internal olefin sulfonic acid.
  • the resulting reaction product internal olefinsulfonic acid
  • a neutralization reaction was carried out by stirring to obtain a neutralized product.
  • the neutralized product was then heated in an autoclave at 160° C. for 40 minutes and hydrolyzed to give B-4.
  • (C) The compound shown below was used as a component.
  • ⁇ C-1 Ethanol (manufactured by Nippon Alcohol Sales Co., Ltd., trade name “specific alcohol 95 degree synthesis”).
  • ⁇ C-2 Propylene glycol (manufactured by Dow Chemical Company, trade name “propylene glycol”).
  • ⁇ C-3 water (ion-exchanged water).
  • ⁇ C-4 glycerin (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., trade name “glycerin”).
  • E The compound shown below was used as a component.
  • E-1 Alkylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine (manufactured by BASF, trade name “Sokalan HP20”, compound in which R 22 is ethylene group and h is 20 in general formula (7)).
  • E-2 Copolymer sodium salt of olefin and maleic acid (manufactured by BASF, trade name "Sokalan CP9", weight average molecular weight 12000).
  • F-1 Bacterial cellulose (manufactured by CPKelco US, trade name “CELLULON (registered trademark) R27”, water content 80% by mass). The moisture content of F-1 was measured using an automatic moisture measuring device (manufactured by Hiranuma Sangyo Co., Ltd., product name "AQUACOUNTER AQV-2200").
  • a Terg-O-Tometer manufactured by UNITED STATES TESTING was used as a cleaning tester.
  • the cleaning liquid was prepared by adding the liquid cleaning composition of each example to 900 mL of tap water (15° C., 3° DH) so as to make 333 ppm by mass, and stirring for 30 seconds.
  • Detergency against yellowing was calculated for 10 soiled cloths, and the average value was used for evaluation based on the following evaluation criteria. ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ were regarded as passed. "Evaluation criteria" A: Detergency against yellowing is 4.1 or more (no yellowing was observed). ⁇ : Detergency against yellowing is 4.0 or more and less than 4.1 (slight yellowing was observed). ⁇ : Detergency against yellowing is 3.9 or more and less than 4.0 (clear yellowing was observed). x: Detergency against yellowing is less than 3.9 (remarkable yellowing was observed).
  • Examples 1 to 12, Comparative Examples 1 and 2 In a 500 mL beaker, according to the formulations in Tables 1 and 2, (A) component, (B) component, C-1, C-2 and C-4, part of C-3, (E) The ingredients and optional ingredients other than the enzyme were added and sufficiently stirred with a three-one motor stirrer (manufactured by AS ONE Co., Ltd.) to obtain a mixture.
  • a three-one motor stirrer manufactured by AS ONE Co., Ltd.
  • the sum of the amount of C-3 used for preparing the mixture and the amount of water contained in F-1 is indicated as the amount of C-3 (% by mass) in Tables 1 and 2. .
  • the input amount of C-3 here is the amount obtained by subtracting the amount of water contained in F-1 from the blending amount of C-3 described in Tables 1 and 2.
  • the component (F) was added to the mixture and thoroughly stirred, and then the component (D) was added and thoroughly stirred.
  • the enzyme was added, and the remaining C-3 was added so that the total amount was 100% by mass to obtain a liquid detergent.
  • part of the component (D) existed in a solid state.
  • the pH of the obtained liquid detergent at 25° C. was measured using a pH meter (manufactured by Toa DKK Co., Ltd., product name “HM-30G”). Detergency against yellowing was evaluated for the obtained liquid detergent.
  • Nonionic/anionic ratio is the weight ratio of nonionic surfactant to weight of non-soap anionic surfactant.
  • A/E ratio is the weight ratio of component (A) to the weight of component (E).
  • A+E is the total content (% by mass) of the components (A) and (E) relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
  • the liquid detergent obtained in each example was excellent in detergency against yellowing.
  • the liquid detergents obtained in Examples 1 to 7 and 12 were excellent in detergency against yellowing.
  • the liquid detergent obtained in Comparative Example 1 having a pH of 7 and the liquid detergent obtained in Comparative Example 2 containing no component (A) were inferior in detergency against yellowing.
  • the liquid detergent of the present invention has excellent detergency against yellowing of textile products, and is useful as a detergent for textile products.

Abstract

This liquid detergent contains an (A) component which is a fluorescent brightening agent, a (B) component which is a surfactant, and a (C) component which is at least one substance selected from among water and water-miscible organic solvents. The liquid detergent has a pH or 9 or more at 25ºC. The liquid detergent preferably additionally contains at least one of a (D) component which is an inorganic alkaline agent and an (E) component which is a dispersant.

Description

液体洗浄剤liquid cleaning agent
 本発明は、液体洗浄剤に関する。
 本願は、2021年7月13日に、日本に出願された特願2021-115742号、に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。
The present invention relates to liquid detergents.
This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-115742 filed in Japan on July 13, 2021, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 衣類等を洗浄対象とする繊維製品用の洗浄剤としては、粉末洗浄剤と液体洗浄剤との2種が一般的である。液体洗浄剤は、溶け残りの懸念がないことや衣料等に塗布して使用できることから、その需要が高まっている。
 液体洗浄剤においても粉末洗浄剤と同様に、界面活性剤による洗浄力の付与に加えて、衣類等の見た目による白さを追求する目的で、蛍光増白剤による増白効果(白度向上効果)を付与することが一般的になってきている。
 例えば特許文献1、2には、スチルベン型等の蛍光増白剤と界面活性剤とを含む液体洗浄剤が開示されている。
Two types of detergents, ie, powder detergents and liquid detergents, are generally used as detergents for textile products for washing clothes and the like. Demand for liquid detergents is increasing because there is no concern that they will remain undissolved and they can be used by applying them to clothing and the like.
In liquid detergents, as with powder detergents, in addition to imparting detergency with surfactants, fluorescent whitening agents (whiteness improvement effect) are used for the purpose of pursuing whiteness in the appearance of clothes, etc. ) has become common.
For example, Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose a liquid detergent containing a fluorescent brightener such as a stilbene type and a surfactant.
特表2018-501331号公報Japanese Patent Publication No. 2018-501331 特開2019-173025号公報JP 2019-173025 A
 しかし、特許文献1、2に記載の液体洗浄剤では、衣類等の繊維製品に蓄積した皮脂汚れが酸化することで生じる黄ばみに対して必ずしも充分な洗浄力が得られない。
 本発明は、繊維製品の黄ばみに対する洗浄力に優れる液体洗浄剤の提供を目的とする。
However, the liquid detergents described in Patent Literatures 1 and 2 do not necessarily provide sufficient detergency against yellowing caused by oxidation of sebum stains accumulated on textile products such as clothes.
An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid detergent having excellent detergency against yellowing of textile products.
 本発明は以下の態様を有する。
[1] (A)成分:蛍光増白剤と、
 (B)成分:界面活性剤と、
 (C)成分:水及び水混和性有機溶剤から選ばれる1種以上と、
 を含有し、25℃におけるpHが9以上である、液体洗浄剤。
[2] (D)成分:無機アルカリ剤をさらに含有する、前記[1]の液体洗浄剤。
[3] 前記液体洗浄剤中で、前記(D)成分の少なくとも一部が固体状態で存在している、前記[2]の液体洗浄剤。
[4] 前記(D)成分が、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム及び層状ケイ酸ナトリウムからなる群より選ばれる1種以上を含む、前記[2]又は[3]の液体洗浄剤。
[5] 前記(D)成分の含有量が、前記液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して、好ましくは1~20質量%であり、より好ましくは2~15質量%であり、さらに好ましくは2.5~10質量%である、前記[2]~[4]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[6] (E)成分:分散剤をさらに含有する、前記[1]~[5]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[7] 前記(E)成分が、ポリアルキレンイミンのアルキレンオキシド付加体、ポリアクリル酸及びその塩、ポリマレイン酸及びその塩、アクリル酸-マレイン酸共重合体及びその塩、炭素数4~12の炭化水素とマレイン酸との共重合体及びその塩、アクリル酸-メタクリル酸共重合体及びその塩からなる群より選ばれる1種以上を含む、前記[6]の液体洗浄剤。
[8] 前記(E)成分が、前記ポリアルキレンイミンのアルキレンオキシド付加体を含み、前記ポリアルキレンイミンのアルキレンオキシド付加体の含有量が、前記液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して、好ましくは0.01~5質量%であり、より好ましくは0.1~4質量%であり、さらに好ましくは1~3質量%である、前記[7]の液体洗浄剤。
[9] (F)成分:構造化剤をさらに含有する、前記[1]~[8]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[10] 前記(F)成分が細菌セルロースを含む、前記[9]の液体洗浄剤。
[11] 前記(F)成分の含有量が、前記液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して、好ましくは0.02~2質量%であり、より好ましくは0.04~1.5質量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.05~1質量%である、前記[9]又は[10]の液体洗浄剤。
[12] 前記(A)成分が、4,4’-ビス(2-スルホスチリル)ビフェニルジナトリウム塩、4,4’-ビス-(4-クロロ-3-スルホスチリル)-ビフェニルジナトリウム塩、4,4’-ビス((4-アミノ-6-モルホリノ-1,3,5-トリアジニル-2)アミノ)スチルベン-2,2’-ジスルホン酸塩、及び4,4’-ビス((4-トルイジノ-6-モルホリノ-1,3,5-トリアジニル-2)アミノ)スチルベン-2,2’-ジスルホン酸塩からなる群より選ばれる1種以上を含む、前記[1]~[11]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[13] 前記(A)成分の含有量が、前記液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して、好ましくは0.05~5質量%であり、より好ましくは0.1~3質量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.1~2質量%であり、特に好ましくは0.1~1質量%である、前記[1]~[12]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[14] 前記(B)成分が、ノニオン界面活性剤及び非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤を含む、前記[1]~[13]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[15] 前記ノニオン界面活性剤が、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物及び下記一般式(2)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる1種以上を含む、前記[14]の液体洗浄剤。
 R11-O-[(EO)/(A11O)]-(EO)-R12  ・・・(1)
(一般式(1)中、R11は炭素数8~22の直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭化水素基である。R12は水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基又は炭素数2~6のアルケニル基である。EOはオキシエチレン基である。sはEO平均繰り返し数を示す3~25の数である。A11OはPO(オキシプロピレン基)及びBO(オキシブチレン基)の少なくとも一方を表す。tはA11Oの平均繰り返し数を示す0~6の数である。uはEOの平均繰り返し数を表す0~20の数である。)
 R13-X-[(EO)/(A12O)]-(EO)-R14  ・・・(2)
(一般式(2)中、R13は炭素数7~21の炭化水素基である。-X-は、-COO-又は-CONH-である。R14は水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基又は炭素数2~6のアルケニル基である。EOはオキシエチレン基である。pはEO平均繰り返し数を示す3~25の数である。A12はPO(オキシプロピレン基)及びBO(オキシブチレン基)の少なくとも一方を表す。qはA12Oの平均繰り返し数を示す0~6の数である。rはEOの平均繰り返し数を表す0~20の数である。)
[16] 前記ノニオン界面活性剤の含有量が、前記液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して、好ましくは5~60質量%であり、より好ましくは10~50質量%であり、さらに好ましくは15~45質量%であり、特に好ましくは20~40質量%である、前記[14]又は[15]の液体洗浄剤。
[17] 前記非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤が、直鎖アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸又はその塩、α-オレフィンスルホン酸又はその塩、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル硫酸エステル又はその塩、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキル(アルケニル)エーテル硫酸エステル又はその塩、及び内部オレフィンスルホン酸又はその塩からなる群より選ばれる1種以上を含む、前記[14]~[16]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[18] 前記非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤が、直鎖アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸又はその塩と、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキル(アルケニル)エーテル硫酸エステル又はその塩とを含む、前記[17]の液体洗浄剤。
[19] 前記ポリオキシアルキレンアルキル(アルケニル)エーテル硫酸エステル又はその塩が、下記一般式(3)で表される化合物である、前記[17]又は[18]の液体洗浄剤。
 R15-O-[(EO)/(PO)]-SOMa  ・・・(3)
(一般式(3)中、R15は、炭素数8~20の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基又は炭素数8~20の直鎖状もしくは分岐鎖状のアルケニル基である。EOはオキシエチレン基である。POはオキシプロピレン基である。mはEOの平均繰り返し数を表す0.1以上の数である。nはPOの平均繰り返し数を表す0~6の数である。[(EO)/(PO)]は、EOとPOの配列順に限定がないことを示し、Maは対イオンである。)
[20] 前記非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤の含有量が、前記液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して、好ましくは5~40質量%であり、より好ましくは10~40質量%であり、さらに好ましくは10~30質量%であり、特に好ましは15~30質量%である、前記[14]~[19]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[21] 前記非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤の質量に対する前記ノニオン界面活性剤の質量比が、好ましくは0.1~3であり、より好ましくは0.15~2であり、さらに好ましくは0.2~1.5であり、特に好ましくは0.25~1.3である、前記[14]~[20]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[22] 前記(C)成分が水及び水混和性有機溶剤を含む、前記[1]~[21]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[23] 前記水混和性有機溶剤が、好ましくはエタノール、グリセリン、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブタノール、プロピレングリコール、分子量約200~1000のポリエチレングリコール、及びジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル(ブチルカルビトール)からなる群より選ばれる1種以上を含み、より好ましくはエタノール、グリセリン、及びプロピレングリコールからなる群より選ばれる1種以上を含む、前記[1]~[22]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[24] 水混和性有機溶剤の質量に対する水の質量比が、好ましくは0.2~3であり、より好ましくは0.8~2.5であり、さらに好ましくは1~2である、前記[1]~[23]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[25] 抗菌剤をさらに含有する、前記[1]~[24]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[26] 前記抗菌剤が、ジフェニル構造を有する抗菌剤である、前記[25]の液体洗浄剤。
[27] 前記ジフェニル構造を有する抗菌剤が、ダイクロサン及びトリクロサンの少なくとも一方を含む、前記[26]の液体洗浄剤。
[28] 前記ジフェニル構造を有する抗菌剤の質量に対する前記(A)成分の質量比が、好ましくは0.1~60であり、より好ましくは0.25~60であり、さらに好ましくは1~30であり、特に好ましくは1~10であり、最も好ましくは2~10である、前記[26]又は[27]の液体洗浄剤。
[29] 25℃におけるpHが、好ましくは9~12であり、より好ましくは9~11であり、さらに好ましくは9~10である、前記[1]~[28]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[30] 繊維製品用である、前記[1]~[29]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[31] 洗剤自動投入装置を備えた洗濯機用である、前記[1]~[30]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
[32] 自動ディスペンサー用である、前記[1]~[30]のいずれかの液体洗浄剤。
The present invention has the following aspects.
[1] (A) component: a fluorescent brightening agent;
(B) component: a surfactant;
(C) component: one or more selected from water and water-miscible organic solvents;
and having a pH of 9 or higher at 25°C.
[2] Component (D): The liquid detergent of [1] above, which further contains an inorganic alkaline agent.
[3] The liquid detergent of [2], wherein at least part of the component (D) is present in a solid state in the liquid detergent.
[4] The liquid detergent of [2] or [3], wherein the component (D) contains one or more selected from the group consisting of sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium metasilicate and layered sodium silicate.
[5] The content of component (D) is preferably 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 2 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 2. to the total mass of the liquid detergent. The liquid detergent according to any one of [2] to [4], which is 5 to 10% by mass.
[6] Component (E): The liquid detergent of any one of [1] to [5], further containing a dispersant.
[7] The component (E) is an alkylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine, polyacrylic acid and its salts, polymaleic acid and its salts, acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymer and its salts, The liquid detergent according to [6] above, containing one or more selected from the group consisting of copolymers of hydrocarbon and maleic acid and salts thereof, acrylic acid-methacrylic acid copolymers and salts thereof.
[8] The component (E) contains an alkylene oxide adduct of the polyalkyleneimine, and the content of the alkylene oxide adduct of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0 relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 4% by mass, still more preferably 1 to 3% by mass, the liquid detergent of [7].
[9] Component (F): The liquid detergent of any one of the above [1] to [8], further containing a structuring agent.
[10] The liquid detergent of [9], wherein the component (F) contains bacterial cellulose.
[11] The content of component (F) is preferably 0.02 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.04 to 1.5% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. , more preferably 0.05 to 1% by mass, the liquid detergent of [9] or [10].
[12] Component (A) is 4,4′-bis(2-sulfostyryl)biphenyl disodium salt, 4,4′-bis-(4-chloro-3-sulfostyryl)-biphenyl disodium salt, 4,4′-bis((4-amino-6-morpholino-1,3,5-triazinyl-2)amino)stilbene-2,2′-disulfonate and 4,4′-bis((4- Any of the above [1] to [11], including one or more selected from the group consisting of toluidino-6-morpholino-1,3,5-triazinyl-2)amino)stilbene-2,2'-disulfonates some liquid detergent.
[13] The content of component (A) is preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent, and further The liquid detergent according to any one of the above [1] to [12], which is preferably 0.1 to 2% by mass, particularly preferably 0.1 to 1% by mass.
[14] The liquid detergent according to any one of [1] to [13], wherein the component (B) contains a nonionic surfactant and a non-soap anionic surfactant.
[15] The above [14], wherein the nonionic surfactant contains one or more selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following general formula (1) and a compound represented by the following general formula (2). liquid detergent.
R 11 —O—[(EO) s /(A 11 O) t ]—(EO) u —R 12 (1)
(In general formula (1), R 11 is a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having 8 to 22 carbon atoms; R 12 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a is an alkenyl group, EO is an oxyethylene group, s is a number representing the average repeating number of EO from 3 to 25, and A 11 O is at least one of PO (oxypropylene group) and BO (oxybutylene group); t is a number from 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of A 11 O. u is a number from 0 to 20 representing the average number of repetitions of EO.)
R 13 —X—[(EO) p /(A 12 O) q ]—(EO) r —R 14 (2)
(In general formula (2), R 13 is a hydrocarbon group having 7 to 21 carbon atoms; —X— is —COO— or —CONH—; R 14 is a hydrogen atom; an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms; EO is an oxyethylene group; p is a number from 3 to 25 indicating the average number of repetitions of EO; A 12 is PO (oxypropylene group) and BO ( oxybutylene group), q is a number from 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of A 12 O, and r is a number from 0 to 20 representing the average number of repetitions of EO.)
[16] The content of the nonionic surfactant is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, and still more preferably 15 to 60% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. The liquid detergent of [14] or [15], which is 45% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 40% by mass.
[17] The non-soap anionic surfactant is linear alkylbenzene sulfonic acid or its salt, α-olefin sulfonic acid or its salt, linear or branched alkyl sulfate ester or its salt, polyoxyalkylene alkyl The liquid detergent according to any one of [14] to [16] above, which contains one or more selected from the group consisting of (alkenyl) ether sulfate esters or salts thereof, and internal olefin sulfonic acids or salts thereof.
[18] The liquid detergent according to [17], wherein the non-soap anionic surfactant comprises a linear alkylbenzenesulfonic acid or a salt thereof and a polyoxyalkylenealkyl (alkenyl) ether sulfate ester or a salt thereof.
[19] The liquid detergent according to [17] or [18], wherein the polyoxyalkylene alkyl (alkenyl) ether sulfate ester or salt thereof is a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
R 15 —O—[(EO) m /(PO) n ]—SO 3 Ma (3)
(In general formula (3), R 15 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms or a linear or branched alkenyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms. EO is is an oxyethylene group, PO is an oxypropylene group, m is a number of 0.1 or more representing the average number of repetitions of EO, and n is a number of 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of PO.[ (EO) m /(PO) n ] indicates that there is no limitation on the arrangement order of EO and PO, and Ma is a counterion.)
[20] The content of the non-soap anionic surfactant is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably, based on the total mass of the liquid detergent. is 10 to 30% by mass, particularly preferably 15 to 30% by mass.
[21] The mass ratio of the nonionic surfactant to the non-soap anionic surfactant is preferably from 0.1 to 3, more preferably from 0.15 to 2, and even more preferably from 0.15 to 2. 2 to 1.5, particularly preferably 0.25 to 1.3, the liquid detergent according to any one of the above [14] to [20].
[22] The liquid detergent according to any one of [1] to [21], wherein the component (C) contains water and a water-miscible organic solvent.
[23] The water-miscible organic solvent is preferably ethanol, glycerin, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of about 200 to 1000, and diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl carbitol). The liquid detergent according to any one of [1] to [22] above, which contains one or more selected from the group consisting of, more preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of ethanol, glycerin, and propylene glycol.
[24] The mass ratio of water to the mass of the water-miscible organic solvent is preferably 0.2 to 3, more preferably 0.8 to 2.5, still more preferably 1 to 2. The liquid detergent according to any one of [1] to [23].
[25] The liquid detergent according to any one of [1] to [24], further containing an antibacterial agent.
[26] The liquid detergent of [25] above, wherein the antibacterial agent is an antibacterial agent having a diphenyl structure.
[27] The liquid detergent of [26], wherein the antibacterial agent having a diphenyl structure contains at least one of diclosan and triclosan.
[28] The mass ratio of the component (A) to the mass of the antibacterial agent having a diphenyl structure is preferably 0.1 to 60, more preferably 0.25 to 60, still more preferably 1 to 30. , particularly preferably 1 to 10, most preferably 2 to 10, the liquid detergent of [26] or [27].
[29] The liquid detergent of any one of the above [1] to [28], which has a pH at 25°C of preferably 9 to 12, more preferably 9 to 11, even more preferably 9 to 10. .
[30] The liquid detergent according to any one of [1] to [29], which is for textile products.
[31] The liquid detergent according to any one of [1] to [30], which is for a washing machine equipped with an automatic detergent dispenser.
[32] The liquid detergent according to any one of [1] to [30], which is for automatic dispensers.
 本発明によれば、繊維製品の黄ばみに対する洗浄力に優れる液体洗浄剤を提供できる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid detergent that has excellent detergency against yellowing of textile products.
 以下、本発明を詳細に説明する。
 本発明の液体洗浄剤は、以下に示す(A)成分、(B)成分及び(C)成分を含有する組成物である。液体洗浄剤は、以下に示す(D)成分、(E)成分及び(F)成分の1つ以上をさらに含有することが好ましい。液体洗浄剤は、(A)成分、(B)成分、(C)成分、(D)成分、(E)成分、(F)成分及び水以外の成分(任意成分)を含有してもよい。
 なお、本明細書において、「~」で表される数値範囲は、~の前後の数値を下限値及び上限値として含む数値範囲を意味する。
 本明細書に開示の含有量、種々の物性値、性状値の数値範囲は、その下限値及び上限値を任意に組み合わせて新たな数値範囲とすることができる。
The present invention will be described in detail below.
The liquid detergent of the present invention is a composition containing the following components (A), (B) and (C). The liquid detergent preferably further contains one or more of the following components (D), (E) and (F). The liquid detergent may contain components (optional components) other than (A) component, (B) component, (C) component, (D) component, (E) component, (F) component and water.
In the present specification, a numerical range represented by "-" means a numerical range including numerical values before and after "-" as lower and upper limits.
Regarding the numerical ranges of the contents, various physical property values, and property values disclosed in this specification, new numerical ranges can be obtained by arbitrarily combining the lower and upper limits thereof.
<(A)成分>
 (A)成分は、蛍光増白剤である。
 液体洗浄剤が(A)成分を含んでいれば、洗浄成分で取り除けなかった、繊維製品に生じた黄ばみに(A)成分が付着することで、繊維製品が白く見えるようになる。その結果、繊維製品の黄ばみを視認しにくくできる。すなわち、繊維製品の黄ばみに対する洗浄力を向上できる。
<(A) Component>
Component (A) is a fluorescent brightening agent.
If the liquid detergent contains the (A) component, the (A) component adheres to the yellowing of the textile product that could not be removed by the cleaning component, thereby making the textile product look white. As a result, the yellowing of the textile product can be made difficult to see. That is, the detergency against yellowing of textile products can be improved.
 (A)成分としては、例えばスチルベン、ピラゾリン、クマリン、カルボン酸、メチンシアニン、ジベンゾチオフェン-5-ジオキシド、アゾール、五員環及び六員環複素環式化合物の誘導体などが挙げられる。特に好適なものとして具体的には、4,4’-ビス(2-スルホスチリル)ビフェニルジナトリウム塩、4,4’-ビス-(4-クロロ-3-スルホスチリル)-ビフェニルジナトリウム塩等のビフェニル型蛍光増白剤;4,4’-ビス((4-アミノ-6-モルホリノ-1,3,5-トリアジニル-2)アミノ)スチルベン-2,2’-ジスルホン酸塩、4,4’-ビス((4-トルイジノ-6-モルホリノ-1,3,5-トリアジニル-2)アミノ)スチルベン-2,2’-ジスルホン酸塩等のスチルベン型蛍光増白剤などが挙げられる。
 (A)成分は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いてもよい。
Examples of component (A) include stilbene, pyrazoline, coumarin, carboxylic acid, methinecyanine, dibenzothiophene-5-dioxide, azole, and derivatives of five- and six-membered heterocyclic compounds. Particularly suitable examples include 4,4'-bis(2-sulfostyryl)biphenyl disodium salt, 4,4'-bis-(4-chloro-3-sulfostyryl)-biphenyl disodium salt, and the like. 4,4′-bis((4-amino-6-morpholino-1,3,5-triazinyl-2)amino)stilbene-2,2′-disulfonate, 4,4 '-Bis((4-toluidino-6-morpholino-1,3,5-triazinyl-2)amino)stilbene-2,2'-disulfonate and other stilbene type fluorescent brighteners.
(A) Component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
 蛍光増白剤としては市販品を用いることでき、例えば住友化学株式会社製の商品名「ホワイテックスSA」、「ホワイテックスSKC」;BASF社製の商品名「Tinopal(登録商標) AMS-GX」、「Tinopal(登録商標) DBS-X」、「Tinopal(登録商標) CBS-X」、「Tinopal(登録商標) CBS-CL」;Khyati Chemicals社製の商品名「LemoniteCBUS-3B」;ARCHROMA社製の商品名「Leucophor(登録商標) DMA-X Conc」などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、Tinopal(登録商標) CBS-X、Tinopal(登録商標) CBS-CL、Tinopal(登録商標) AMS-GX及びLeucophor(登録商標) DMA-X Concが好ましい。 Commercially available products can be used as fluorescent brighteners, for example, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd. under the trade names of "Whitex SA" and "Whitex SKC"; BASF under the trade name of "Tinopal (registered trademark) AMS-GX". , "Tinopal (registered trademark) DBS-X", "Tinopal (registered trademark) CBS-X", "Tinopal (registered trademark) CBS-CL"; trade name "Lemonite CBUS-3B" manufactured by Khyati Chemicals; manufactured by ARCHROMA product name "Leucophor (registered trademark) DMA-X Conc". Among these, Tinopal (registered trademark) CBS-X, Tinopal (registered trademark) CBS-CL, Tinopal (registered trademark) AMS-GX and Leucophor (registered trademark) DMA-X Conc are preferred.
 (A)成分の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.05~5質量%が好ましく、0.1~3質量%がより好ましく、0.1~2質量%がさらに好ましく、0.1~1質量%が特に好ましい。(A)成分の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、繊維製品の黄ばみをより視認しにくくできる。(A)成分の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、液外観を良好に維持できる。 The content of component (A) is preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, even more preferably 0.1 to 2% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. 0.1 to 1% by weight is particularly preferred. If the content of the component (A) is at least the above lower limit, the yellowing of the textile product can be made less visible. If the content of component (A) is at most the above upper limit, good liquid appearance can be maintained.
<(B)成分>
 (B)成分は界面活性剤である。
 液体洗浄剤が(B)成分を含んでいれば、洗浄力が高まる。
 (B)成分としては、従来の液体洗浄剤に用いられる界面活性剤であれば特に制限されず、例えばノニオン界面活性剤、非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤、カチオン界面活性剤、両性界面活性剤、半極性界面活性剤などが挙げられる。
 (B)成分として、1種の界面活性剤を用いてもよく、2種以上の界面活性剤を組み合わせてもよい。
 洗浄力がより高まる観点から、(B)成分はノニオン界面活性剤及び非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤を含むことが好ましい。
 (B)成分として、ノニオン界面活性剤及び非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤と、カチオン界面活性剤、両性界面活性剤及び半極性界面活性剤の1つ以上を併用してもよい。
<(B) Component>
(B) Component is a surfactant.
If the liquid detergent contains the (B) component, the detergency will increase.
Component (B) is not particularly limited as long as it is a surfactant used in conventional liquid detergents. Examples include nonionic surfactants, non-soap anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, Semipolar surfactants and the like are included.
As component (B), one surfactant may be used, or two or more surfactants may be used in combination.
From the viewpoint of enhancing detergency, the component (B) preferably contains a nonionic surfactant and a non-soap anionic surfactant.
As component (B), a nonionic surfactant, a non-soap anionic surfactant, and one or more of a cationic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant and a semipolar surfactant may be used in combination.
 ノニオン界面活性剤としては、例えばポリオキシアルキレン型ノニオン界面活性剤、アルキルフェノール、炭素数8~22の脂肪酸又は炭素数8~22のアミン等のアルキレンオキサイド付加体、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンブロックコポリマー、脂肪酸アルカノールアミド、多価アルコール脂肪酸エステル又はそのアルキレンオキサイド付加体、硬化ヒマシ油のアルキレンオキサイド付加体、糖脂肪酸エステル、N-アルキルポリヒドロキシ脂肪酸アミド、アルキルグリコシドなどが挙げられる。
 ノニオン界面活性剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 ノニオン界面活性剤としては、ポリオキシアルキレン型ノニオン界面活性剤が好ましく、その中でも特に、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(1)」ともいう。)、下記一般式(2)で表される化合物(以下、「化合物(2)」ともいう。)がより好ましく、化合物(1)がさらに好ましい。
Examples of nonionic surfactants include polyoxyalkylene type nonionic surfactants, alkylphenols, alkylene oxide adducts such as fatty acids having 8 to 22 carbon atoms or amines having 8 to 22 carbon atoms, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block copolymers, Fatty acid alkanolamides, polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters or their alkylene oxide adducts, hydrogenated castor oil alkylene oxide adducts, sugar fatty acid esters, N-alkyl polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, alkyl glycosides and the like.
A nonionic surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
As the nonionic surfactant, a polyoxyalkylene type nonionic surfactant is preferable, and among them, in particular, a compound represented by the following general formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as "compound (1)"), the following general formula A compound represented by (2) (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (2)”) is more preferred, and compound (1) is even more preferred.
 R11-O-[(EO)/(A11O)]-(EO)-R12  ・・・(1)
(一般式(1)中、R11は炭素数8~22の直鎖又は分岐鎖の炭化水素基である。R12は水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基又は炭素数2~6のアルケニル基である。EOはオキシエチレン基である。sはEO平均繰り返し数を示す3~25の数である。A11OはPO(オキシプロピレン基)及びBO(オキシブチレン基)の少なくとも一方を表す。tはA11Oの平均繰り返し数を示す0~6の数である。uはEOの平均繰り返し数を表す0~20の数である。)
R 11 —O—[(EO) s /(A 11 O) t ]—(EO) u —R 12 (1)
(In general formula (1), R 11 is a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having 8 to 22 carbon atoms; R 12 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a is an alkenyl group, EO is an oxyethylene group, s is a number representing the average repeating number of EO from 3 to 25, and A 11 O is at least one of PO (oxypropylene group) and BO (oxybutylene group); t is a number from 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of A 11 O. u is a number from 0 to 20 representing the average number of repetitions of EO.)
 R11の炭化水素基における炭素数は8~22であり、10~18が好ましく、12~18がより好ましい。
 R12としては、水素原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。
 uが0の場合、sは4~20が好ましく、5~16がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい。tは0~4が好ましく、0~2がより好ましく、0がさらに好ましい。
 uが1以上の場合、sは4~16が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、8~10がさらに好ましい。tは1~4が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。uは4~16が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、8~10がさらに好ましい。
 tが1以上である場合、[(EO)/(A11O)]において、EOとPO、EOとBO、又はEOとPOとBOの分布(配列順)に特に限定はなく、これらはブロック状に配列していてもよく、ランダム状に配列していてもよい。
The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group of R 11 is 8-22, preferably 10-18, more preferably 12-18.
R 12 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
When u is 0, s is preferably 4-20, more preferably 5-16, even more preferably 6-10. t is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0 to 2, even more preferably 0.
When u is 1 or more, s is preferably 4-16, more preferably 6-12, even more preferably 8-10. t is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3. u is preferably 4 to 16, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 8 to 10.
When t is 1 or more, in [(EO) s /(A 11 O) t ], there is no particular limitation on the distribution (order of arrangement) of EO and PO, EO and BO, or EO, PO and BO. may be arranged in blocks or may be arranged randomly.
 R13-X-[(EO)/(A12O)]-(EO)-R14  ・・・(2)
(一般式(2)中、R13は炭素数7~21の炭化水素基である。-X-は、-COO-又は-CONH-である。R14は水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基又は炭素数2~6のアルケニル基である。EOはオキシエチレン基である。pはEO平均繰り返し数を示す3~25の数である。A12はPO(オキシプロピレン基)及びBO(オキシブチレン基)の少なくとも一方を表す。qはA12Oの平均繰り返し数を示す0~6の数である。rはEOの平均繰り返し数を表す0~20の数である。)
R 13 —X—[(EO) p /(A 12 O) q ]—(EO) r —R 14 (2)
(In general formula (2), R 13 is a hydrocarbon group having 7 to 21 carbon atoms; —X— is —COO— or —CONH—; R 14 is a hydrogen atom; an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms; EO is an oxyethylene group; p is a number of 3 to 25 indicating the average number of repetitions of EO; A 12 is PO (oxypropylene group) and BO ( oxybutylene group), q is a number from 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of A 12 O, and r is a number from 0 to 20 representing the average number of repetitions of EO.)
 R13の炭化水素基における炭素数は7~21であり、9~19が好ましく、11~17がより好ましい。
 -X-としては、-COO-が好ましい。
 R14としては、水素原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~2のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 rが0の場合、pは6~22が好ましく、9~20がより好ましく、12~18がさらに好ましい。qは0~4が好ましく、0~2がより好ましく、0がさらに好ましい。
 rが1以上の場合、pは4~16が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、8~10がさらに好ましい。qは1~4が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。rは4~16が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、8~10がさらに好ましい。
 qが1以上である場合、[(EO)/(A12O)]において、EOとPO、EOとBO、又はEOとPOとBOの分布(配列順)に特に限定はなく、これらはブロック状に配列していてもよく、ランダム状に配列していてもよい。
The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group of R 13 is 7-21, preferably 9-19, more preferably 11-17.
-X- is preferably -COO-.
R 14 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
When r is 0, p is preferably 6-22, more preferably 9-20, even more preferably 12-18. q is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0 to 2, even more preferably 0.
When r is 1 or more, p is preferably 4-16, more preferably 6-12, even more preferably 8-10. q is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3. r is preferably 4 to 16, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 8 to 10.
When q is 1 or more, there is no particular limitation on the distribution (order of arrangement) of EO and PO, EO and BO, or EO, PO and BO in [(EO) p /(A 12 O) q ]. may be arranged in blocks or may be arranged randomly.
 ノニオン界面活性剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して5~60質量%が好ましく、10~50質量%がより好ましく、15~45質量%がさらに好ましく、20~40質量%が特に好ましい。ノニオン界面活性剤の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、洗浄力がより高まる。ノニオン界面活性剤の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、低温時の液安定性が向上する。
 なお、液安定性とは、液体洗浄剤を保存した際に、固化や、成分の析出、分離が生じにくい性質を意味する。
The content of the nonionic surfactant is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, still more preferably 15 to 45% by mass, and 20 to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent. Especially preferred. If the content of the nonionic surfactant is at least the above lower limit, the detergency will be enhanced. If the content of the nonionic surfactant is equal to or less than the above upper limit, liquid stability at low temperatures is improved.
The term "liquid stability" as used herein refers to the property that solidification, precipitation, and separation of components are unlikely to occur when the liquid detergent is stored.
 非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤としては、例えば直鎖アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸又はその塩(LAS)、α-オレフィンスルホン酸又はその塩(AOS)、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル硫酸エステル又はその塩(AS)、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキル(アルケニル)エーテル硫酸エステル又はその塩(AES)、アルキル基を有するアルカンスルホン酸又はその塩、α-スルホ脂肪酸エステル又はその塩、内部オレフィンスルホン酸又はその塩(IOS)、アルキルエーテルカルボン酸又はその塩、ポリオキシアルキレンエーテルカルボン酸又はその塩、アルキルアミドエーテルカルボン酸又はその塩、アルケニルアミドエーテルカルボン酸又はその塩、アシルアミノカルボン酸又はその塩等のカルボン酸型アニオン界面活性剤;アルキルリン酸エステル又はその塩、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルリン酸エステル又はその塩、ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルフェニルリン酸エステル又はその塩、グリセリン脂肪酸エステルモノリン酸エステル又はその塩等のリン酸エステル型アニオン界面活性剤などが挙げられる。
 非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤の塩の形態としては、例えばアルカリ金属塩(ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等)、アルカリ土類金属塩(マグネシウム塩等)、アルカノールアミン塩(モノエタノールアミン塩、ジエタノールアミン塩等)などが挙げられる。
 非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤としては、LAS、AOS、AS、AES、IOSが好ましく、なかでも、洗浄力がより高まる観点から、LAS、AES、IOSがより好ましい。液体洗浄剤は少なくともAESを含むことが好ましく、LASとAESの両方を含むことがより好ましい。
Examples of non-soap anionic surfactants include linear alkylbenzene sulfonic acid or its salt (LAS), α-olefin sulfonic acid or its salt (AOS), linear or branched alkyl sulfate ester or its salt ( AS), polyoxyalkylene alkyl (alkenyl) ether sulfate or its salt (AES), alkanesulfonic acid having an alkyl group or its salt, α-sulfo fatty acid ester or its salt, internal olefin sulfonic acid or its salt (IOS) , alkyl ether carboxylic acid or its salt, polyoxyalkylene ether carboxylic acid or its salt, alkylamide ether carboxylic acid or its salt, alkenylamide ether carboxylic acid or its salt, acylaminocarboxylic acid or its salt, carboxylic acid type anion Surfactants; phosphoric acid ester types such as alkyl phosphates or salts thereof, polyoxyalkylene alkyl phosphates or salts thereof, polyoxyalkylene alkylphenyl phosphates or salts thereof, glycerin fatty acid ester monophosphates or salts thereof Examples include anionic surfactants.
Salt forms of non-soap anionic surfactants include, for example, alkali metal salts (sodium salts, potassium salts, etc.), alkaline earth metal salts (magnesium salts, etc.), alkanolamine salts (monoethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, etc.). ) and the like.
The non-soap anionic surfactants may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
As the non-soap anionic surfactant, LAS, AOS, AS, AES, and IOS are preferable, and LAS, AES, and IOS are more preferable from the viewpoint of further increasing detergency. Preferably, the liquid detergent contains at least AES, more preferably both LAS and AES.
 ポリオキシアルキレンアルキル(アルケニル)エーテル硫酸エステル又はその塩(AES)は、下記一般式(3)で表される。
 R15-O-[(EO)/(PO)]-SOMa  ・・・(3)
(一般式(3)中、R15は、炭素数8~20の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基又は炭素数8~20の直鎖状もしくは分岐鎖状のアルケニル基である。EOはオキシエチレン基である。POはオキシプロピレン基である。mはEOの平均繰り返し数を表す0.1以上の数である。nはPOの平均繰り返し数を表す0~6の数である。[(EO)/(PO)]は、EOとPOの配列順に限定がないことを示し、Maは対イオンである。)
 式(3)中のMaとしては、例えば、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、マグネシウムイオン、アンモニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。なお、Maが2価以上の対イオンである場合、Maは1/価数を乗じた数で-SOと結合しているものとする。例えば、Maがマグネシウムイオンの場合、Maの数は1/2である。
A polyoxyalkylene alkyl (alkenyl) ether sulfate or a salt thereof (AES) is represented by the following general formula (3).
R 15 —O—[(EO) m /(PO) n ]—SO 3 Ma (3)
(In general formula (3), R 15 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms or a linear or branched alkenyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms. EO is is an oxyethylene group, PO is an oxypropylene group, m is a number of 0.1 or more representing the average number of repetitions of EO, and n is a number of 0 to 6 representing the average number of repetitions of PO.[ (EO) m /(PO) n ] indicates that there is no limitation on the arrangement order of EO and PO, and Ma is a counterion.)
Examples of Ma in formula (3) include sodium ion, potassium ion, magnesium ion, and ammonium ion. When Ma is a counterion with a valence of 2 or higher, Ma is bound to -SO 3 by multiplying the valence by 1. For example, when Ma is a magnesium ion, the number of Ma is 1/2.
 内部オレフィンスルホン酸又はその塩(IOS)は、下記一般式(4)で表されるアルケンスルホン酸(以下、「化合物(4)」ともいう。)と、下記一般式(5)で表されるヒドロキシアルカンスルホン酸(以下、「化合物(5)」ともいう。)との混合物である。内部オレフィンとは、二重結合が2位より内部に存在するオレフィンを表す。 The internal olefin sulfonic acid or its salt (IOS) is represented by the following general formula (5) and the alkene sulfonic acid represented by the following general formula (4) (hereinafter also referred to as "compound (4)"): It is a mixture with hydroxyalkanesulfonic acid (hereinafter also referred to as "compound (5)"). An internal olefin represents an olefin in which a double bond exists inside from the 2-position.
 R16-CH=CH(CHCH(SOMb)-R17  ・・・(4)
(式(4)中、R16はアルキル基であり、R17は炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、炭素数の総数は8~24である。xは0~4の数であり、Mbは対イオンを表す。)
R 16 —CH═CH(CH 2 ) x CH(SO 3 Mb)—R 17 (4)
(In formula (4), R 16 is an alkyl group, R 17 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, the total number of carbon atoms is 8 to 24, x is a number of 0 to 4, Mb represents a counterion.)
 化合物(4)の炭素数は、8~24であり、10~20が好ましく、12~18がより好ましく、14~18がさらに好ましい。炭素数が上記下限値以上であれば、IOSの親油性が高まり、界面活性剤としての機能が高まる。炭素数が上記上限値以下であれば、IOSの親水性が高まり、界面活性剤としての機能が高まる。 The number of carbon atoms in compound (4) is 8 to 24, preferably 10 to 20, more preferably 12 to 18, and even more preferably 14 to 18. If the number of carbon atoms is at least the above lower limit, the lipophilicity of IOS increases, and the function as a surfactant increases. If the number of carbon atoms is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the hydrophilicity of IOS increases, and the function as a surfactant increases.
 式(4)中のR16は、アルキル基を表す。R16の炭素数は、1~21が好ましく、3~17がより好ましく、7~15がさらに好ましい。
 式(4)中のR17は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す。R17の炭素数は、1~3が好ましい。
 式(4)中のxは、0~4であり、0~2が好ましい。xが上記下限値以上であれば、洗浄力がより高まる。xが上記上限値以下であれば、液安定性がより高まる。
 式(4)中のMbとしては、例えば、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、マグネシウムイオン、アンモニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。なお、Mbが2価以上の対イオンである場合、Mbは1/価数を乗じた数で-SOと結合しているものとする。例えば、Mbがマグネシウムイオンの場合、Mbの数は1/2である。
R 16 in formula (4) represents an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in R 16 is preferably 1-21, more preferably 3-17, even more preferably 7-15.
R 17 in formula (4) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms in R 17 is preferably 1-3.
x in formula (4) is 0 to 4, preferably 0 to 2. If x is more than the said lower limit, detergency will increase more. If x is below the said upper limit, liquid stability will improve more.
Examples of Mb in formula (4) include sodium ion, potassium ion, magnesium ion, and ammonium ion. When Mb is a counterion with a valence of 2 or higher, Mb is bound to -SO 3 by multiplying the valence by 1. For example, if Mb is a magnesium ion, the number of Mb is 1/2.
 R18-CH(OH)(CHCH(SOMc)-R19  ・・・(5)
(式(5)中、R18はアルキル基であり、R19は炭素数1~5のアルキル基であり、炭素数の総数は8~24である。yは0~4の数であり、Mcは対イオンを表す。)
R 18 —CH(OH)(CH 2 ) y CH(SO 3 Mc)—R 19 (5)
(In formula (5), R 18 is an alkyl group, R 19 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, the total number of carbon atoms is 8 to 24, y is a number of 0 to 4, Mc represents a counterion.)
 化合物(5)は、化合物(4)のヒドロキシ体である。
 化合物(5)の炭素数は、8~24であり、10~20が好ましく、12~18がより好ましく、14~18がさらに好ましい。炭素数が上記下限値以上であれば、IOSの親油性が高まり、界面活性剤としての機能が高まる。炭素数が上記上限値以下であれば、IOSの親水性が高まり、界面活性剤としての機能が高まる。
Compound (5) is the hydroxy form of compound (4).
The number of carbon atoms in compound (5) is 8 to 24, preferably 10 to 20, more preferably 12 to 18, and even more preferably 14 to 18. If the number of carbon atoms is at least the above lower limit, the lipophilicity of IOS increases, and the function as a surfactant increases. If the number of carbon atoms is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the hydrophilicity of IOS increases, and the function as a surfactant increases.
 式(5)中のR18は、アルキル基を表す。R18の炭素数は、2~22が好ましく、4~18がより好ましく、8~16がさらに好ましい。
 式(5)中のR19は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す。R19の炭素数は、1~3が好ましい。
 式(5)中のyは、0~4であり、0~2が好ましい。yが上記下限値以上であれば、洗浄力がより高まる。yが上記上限値以下であれば、液安定性がより高まる。
 式(5)中のMcとしては、例えば、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、マグネシウムイオン、アンモニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。なお、Mcが2価以上の対イオンである場合、Mcは1/価数を乗じた数で-SOと結合しているものとする。例えば、Mcがマグネシウムイオンの場合、Mcの数は1/2である。
R 18 in formula (5) represents an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in R 18 is preferably 2-22, more preferably 4-18, even more preferably 8-16.
R 19 in formula (5) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms in R 19 is preferably 1-3.
y in formula (5) is 0 to 4, preferably 0 to 2. If y is at least the above lower limit, the detergency will be enhanced. When y is equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the liquid stability is further improved.
Examples of Mc in formula (5) include sodium ion, potassium ion, magnesium ion, and ammonium ion. In addition, when Mc is a counter ion having a valence of 2 or more, Mc is bound to -SO 3 by a number multiplied by 1/valence. For example, when Mc is a magnesium ion, the number of Mc is 1/2.
 IOSの内、スルホン酸基が2位以上4位以下に存在するIOS((IO-1S)成分)と、スルホン酸基が5位以上に存在するIOS((IO-2S)成分)との質量比は((IO-2S)/(IO-1S)比)、0.3~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。(IO-2S)/(IO-1S)比が上記下限値以上であれば、被洗浄物の滑り性がより高まる。(IO-2S)/(IO-1S)比が上記上限値以下であれば、液安定性がより高まる。
 なお、(IO-1S)成分は、式(4)中のR17、式(5)中のR19の炭素数が1~3のIOSである。(IO-2S)成分は、式(4)中のR17、式(5)中のR19の炭素数が4以上のIOSである。
Mass of IOS ((IO-1S) component) having sulfonic acid groups at positions 2 to 4 and IOS ((IO-2S) component) having sulfonic acid groups at positions 5 and higher among IOS The ratio ((IO-2S)/(IO-1S) ratio) is preferably 0.3-5, more preferably 1-3. When the (IO-2S)/(IO-1S) ratio is at least the above lower limit, the slipperiness of the object to be washed is further enhanced. If the (IO-2S)/(IO-1S) ratio is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the liquid stability is further enhanced.
The (IO-1S) component is an IOS in which R 17 in formula (4) and R 19 in formula (5) have 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The (IO-2S) component is an IOS in which R 17 in formula (4) and R 19 in formula (5) have 4 or more carbon atoms.
 IOSは、内部オレフィンをスルホン化して得られる。内部オレフィンの炭素数の総数は、8~24であり、10~20が好ましく、12~18がより好ましく、14~18がさらに好ましい。
 内部オレフィンは、例えば、1-アルコールを脱水して得られた1-オレフィンを、異性化して得ることができる。内部オレフィンをスルホン化すると、定量的にβ-サルトンが生成し、β-サルトンの一部は、γ-サルトン、オレフィンスルホン酸へと変化し、次いで、これらは中和加水分解工程において、化合物(4)と化合物(5)とへ転換する(例えば、J.Am.Oil Chem.Soc.69,39(1992))。ここで、得られる化合物(5)のヒドロキシ基は、アルカン鎖の内部にあり、化合物(4)の二重結合は、オレフィン鎖の内部にある。また、得られる生成物は、主にこれらの混合物であり、また、その一部には、炭素鎖の末端にヒドロキシ基を有するヒドロキシアルカンスルホン酸塩、又は炭素鎖の末端に二重結合を有するα-オレフィンスルホン酸塩が微量に含まれる場合もある。本明細書では、これらの各生成物及びそれらの混合物を総称してIOSという。
IOS is obtained by sulfonating an internal olefin. The total number of carbon atoms in the internal olefin is 8 to 24, preferably 10 to 20, more preferably 12 to 18, even more preferably 14 to 18.
Internal olefins can be obtained, for example, by isomerizing 1-olefins obtained by dehydrating 1-alcohols. When the internal olefin is sulfonated, β-sultone is generated quantitatively, and a part of β-sultone is converted to γ-sultone and olefin sulfonic acid, which are then converted into compounds ( 4) and compound (5) (eg, J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc. 69, 39 (1992)). Here, the hydroxy group of the resulting compound (5) is inside the alkane chain and the double bond of compound (4) is inside the olefin chain. In addition, the resulting product is mainly a mixture of these, and a part thereof includes a hydroxyalkanesulfonate having a hydroxy group at the end of the carbon chain, or a double bond at the end of the carbon chain. A trace amount of α-olefin sulfonate may also be contained. Each of these products and mixtures thereof are collectively referred to herein as IOS.
 IOS100質量%に対し、化合物(5)の質量に対する化合物(4)の質量比、すなわち、化合物(4)/化合物(5)で表される質量比(化合物(4)/化合物(5)比)は、1/99~50/50が好ましく、1/99~30/70がより好ましく、5/95~20/80がさらに好ましく、10/90~15/85が特に好ましい。化合物(4)/化合物(5)比が上記下限値以上であれば、液安定性がより高まる。化合物(4)/化合物(5)比が上記上限値以下であれば、洗浄力がより高まる。 The mass ratio of compound (4) to the mass of compound (5) with respect to 100% by mass of IOS, that is, the mass ratio represented by compound (4)/compound (5) (compound (4)/compound (5) ratio) is preferably 1/99 to 50/50, more preferably 1/99 to 30/70, even more preferably 5/95 to 20/80, and particularly preferably 10/90 to 15/85. When the compound (4)/compound (5) ratio is at least the above lower limit, the liquid stability is further enhanced. If the compound (4)/compound (5) ratio is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the detergency will be enhanced.
 非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して5~40質量%が好ましく、10~40質量%がより好ましく、10~30質量%がさらに好ましく、15~30質量%が特に好ましい。非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、洗浄力がより高まる。加えて、再汚染防止性が向上する。非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤の流動性に優れるとともに、低温時の液安定性が向上する。 The content of the non-soap anionic surfactant is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, even more preferably 10 to 30% by mass, further preferably 15 to 30% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. % by weight is particularly preferred. If the content of the non-soap anionic surfactant is at least the above lower limit, the detergency will be enhanced. In addition, anti-soil redeposition property is improved. When the content of the non-soap anionic surfactant is not more than the above upper limit, the fluidity of the liquid detergent is excellent and the liquid stability at low temperatures is improved.
 また、非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤の質量に対するノニオン界面活性剤の質量比、すなわち、ノニオン界面活性剤/非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤で表される質量比(ノニオン/アニオン比)は、0.1~3が好ましく、0.15~2がより好ましく、0.2~1.5がさらに好ましく、0.25~1.3が特に好ましい。ノニオン/アニオン比が上記範囲内であれば、低温時の液安定性が向上する。加えて、液体洗浄剤がゲル化しにくく、流動性をより良好に維持できる。
 なお、液体洗浄剤が酵素を含有する場合、液体洗浄剤が(B)成分として非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤を含有すると酵素安定性が低下することがあるが、ノニオン/アニオン比が上記範囲であれば、酵素安定性を良好に維持できる。
Further, the mass ratio of the nonionic surfactant to the mass of the non-soap anionic surfactant, that is, the mass ratio represented by nonionic surfactant/non-soap anionic surfactant (nonion/anion ratio) was 0.00. 1 to 3 are preferred, 0.15 to 2 are more preferred, 0.2 to 1.5 are even more preferred, and 0.25 to 1.3 are particularly preferred. If the nonion/anion ratio is within the above range, liquid stability at low temperatures is improved. In addition, the liquid detergent is less prone to gelation, and better fluidity can be maintained.
When the liquid detergent contains an enzyme, the enzyme stability may decrease if the liquid detergent contains a non-soap anionic surfactant as the component (B). Enzyme stability can be maintained well.
 カチオン界面活性剤としては、例えばカプリル酸ジメチルアミノプロピルアミド、カプリン酸ジメチルアミノプロピルアミド、ラウリン酸ジメチルアミノプロピルアミド、ミリスチン酸ジメチルアミノプロピルアミド、パルミチン酸ジメチルアミノプロピルアミド、ステアリン酸ジメチルアミノプロピルアミド、ベヘニン酸ジメチルアミノプロピルアミド、オレイン酸ジメチルアミノプロピルアミド等の長鎖脂肪族アミドアルキル3級アミン又はその塩;パルミテートエステルプロピルジメチルアミン、ステアレートエステルプロピルジメチルアミン等の脂肪族エステルアルキル3級アミン又はその塩;パルミチン酸ジエタノールアミノプロピルアミド、ステアリン酸ジエタノールアミノプロピルアミド;テトラメチルアンモニウム塩、テトラエチルアンモニウム塩、テトラプロピルアンモニウム塩、テトラブチルアンモニウム塩等のテトラ短鎖(炭素数1~4のアルキル)アンモニウム塩;オクチルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、デシルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、ドデシルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、テトラデシルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、ラウリルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、セチルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、パルミチルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、ステアリルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、オクチルジメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、デシルジメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、ドデシルジメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、テトラデシルジメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、ラウリルジメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、セチルジメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、ステアリルジメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、オクチルジエチルメチルアンモニウム塩、デシルジエチルメチルアンモニウム塩、ドデシルジエチルメチルアンモニウム塩、テトラデシルジエチルメチルアンモニウム塩、セチルジエチルメチルアンモニウム塩、ステアリルジエチルメチルアンモニウム塩等の長鎖(炭素数8~18のアルキル)トリ短鎖(炭素数1又は2のアルキル)アンモニウム塩;ジオクチルジメチルアンモニウム塩、ジデシルジメチルアンモニウム塩、N,N-ジデシル-N-メチル-ポリ(オキシエチル)アンモニウム塩、ジドデシルジメチルアンモニウム塩、ジテトラデシルジメチルアンモニウム塩、ジセチルジメチルアンモニウム塩、ジステアリルジメチルアンモニウム塩、ジオクチルメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、ジデシルメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、ジドデシルメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、ジテトラデシルメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、ジセチルメチルエチルアンモニウム塩、ジステアリルメチルエチルアンモニウム塩等のジ長鎖(炭素数8~18のアルキル)ジ短鎖(炭素数1又は2のアルキル)アンモニウム塩;ステアリルジメチルヒドロキシエチルアンモニウム等の長鎖(炭素数8~18のアルキル)ジ短鎖(炭素数1又は2のアルキル)ヒドロキシアルキル(炭素数1又は2)アンモニウム塩;[3(トリメトキシシリル)]プロピル(ジメチル)オクタデシルアンモニウム塩等のトリアルコキシシリルアルキル基(炭素数4~10)を有するジ短鎖(炭素数1又は2のアルキル)長鎖(炭素数8~18のアルキル)アンモニウム塩;アミンナイトレート;ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウム塩;ベンザルコニウム塩;ベンゼトニウム塩などが挙げられる。
 カチオン界面活性剤の塩の形態としては、例えばアルカリ金属塩(ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等)、アルカリ土類金属塩(マグネシウム塩等)、アルカノールアミン塩(モノエタノールアミン塩、ジエタノールアミン塩等)などが挙げられる。
 カチオン界面活性剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
Examples of cationic surfactants include caprylic acid dimethylaminopropylamide, capric acid dimethylaminopropylamide, lauric acid dimethylaminopropylamide, myristate dimethylaminopropylamide, palmitate dimethylaminopropylamide, stearic acid dimethylaminopropylamide, Long-chain fatty amidoalkyl tertiary amines such as behenic acid dimethylaminopropylamide and oleic acid dimethylaminopropylamide or their salts; fatty ester alkyl tertiary amines such as palmitate ester propyl dimethylamine and stearate ester propyl dimethylamine or salts thereof; diethanolaminopropylamide palmitate, diethanolaminopropylamide stearate; tetra short chain (alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms) such as tetramethylammonium salt, tetraethylammonium salt, tetrapropylammonium salt, tetrabutylammonium salt Ammonium salts; octyltrimethylammonium salt, decyltrimethylammonium salt, dodecyltrimethylammonium salt, tetradecyltrimethylammonium salt, lauryltrimethylammonium salt, cetyltrimethylammonium salt, palmityltrimethylammonium salt, stearyltrimethylammonium salt, octyldimethylethylammonium salt , decyldimethylethylammonium salt, dodecyldimethylethylammonium salt, tetradecyldimethylethylammonium salt, lauryldimethylethylammonium salt, cetyldimethylethylammonium salt, stearyldimethylethylammonium salt, octyldiethylmethylammonium salt, decyldiethylmethylammonium salt, Long-chain (alkyl having 8 to 18 carbon atoms) trishort-chain (alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms) ammonium such as dodecyldiethylmethylammonium salt, tetradecyldiethylmethylammonium salt, cetyldiethylmethylammonium salt, stearyldiethylmethylammonium salt Salt; dioctyldimethylammonium salt, didecyldimethylammonium salt, N,N-didecyl-N-methyl-poly(oxyethyl)ammonium salt, didodecyldimethylammonium salt, ditetradecyldimethylammonium salt, dicetyldimethylammonium salt, di Stearyldimethylammonium salt, dioctylmethylethylammonium salt, didecylmethylethylammonium salt di-long chain (alkyl having 8 to 18 carbon atoms) di-short chain (carbon Number 1 or 2 alkyl) ammonium salts; Long-chain (C 8-18 alkyl) dishort-chain (C 1 or 2 alkyl) hydroxyalkyl (C 1 or 2) ammonium such as stearyldimethylhydroxyethylammonium Salt; dishort chain (alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms) long chain (alkyl having 1 or 2 carbon atoms) having a trialkoxysilylalkyl group (4 to 10 carbon atoms) such as [3(trimethoxysilyl)]propyl(dimethyl)octadecyl ammonium salt 8-18 alkyl)ammonium salts; amine nitrates; benzyltrimethylammonium salts; benzalkonium salts;
Examples of the salt form of the cationic surfactant include alkali metal salts (sodium salts, potassium salts, etc.), alkaline earth metal salts (magnesium salts, etc.), alkanolamine salts (monoethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, etc.), and the like. mentioned.
A cationic surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
 カチオン界面活性剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.1~5質量%が好ましく、0.2~3質量%がより好ましい。カチオン界面活性剤の含有量が上記範囲内であれば、衣類の柔軟性付与や抗菌性、防臭効果をより高めることができる。 The content of the cationic surfactant is preferably 0.1-5% by mass, more preferably 0.2-3% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. If the content of the cationic surfactant is within the above range, it is possible to further enhance the softening, antibacterial and deodorizing effects of clothes.
 両性界面活性剤としては、例えばアルキルベタイン型、アルキルアミドベタイン型、イミダゾリン型、アルキルアミノスルホン型、アルキルアミノカルボン酸型、アルキルアミドカルボン酸型、アミドアミノ酸型、リン酸型両性界面活性剤などが挙げられる。
 両性界面活性剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
Examples of amphoteric surfactants include alkylbetaine-type, alkylamidobetaine-type, imidazoline-type, alkylaminosulfone-type, alkylaminocarboxylic acid-type, alkylamidocarboxylic acid-type, amideaminoacid-type, and phosphoric acid-type amphoteric surfactants. mentioned.
An amphoteric surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be combined and used.
 半極性界面活性剤としては、例えばアルキルアミンオキシド、アルキルアミドプロピルジメチルアミンオキシドなどが挙げられる。
 半極性界面活性剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
Examples of semipolar surfactants include alkylamine oxides, alkylamidopropyldimethylamine oxides, and the like.
Semi-polar surfactants may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 (B)成分の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して15~80質量%が好ましく、15~70質量%がより好ましく、20~60質量%がさらに好ましく、40~55質量%が特に好ましい。(B)成分の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、洗浄力がより高まる。(B)成分の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤がゲル化しにくく、流動性をより良好に維持できる。 The content of component (B) is preferably 15 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 70% by mass, even more preferably 20 to 60% by mass, and 40 to 55% by mass relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. Especially preferred. (B) If content of a component is more than the said lower limit, detergency will increase more. (B) If content of a component is below the said upper limit, a liquid cleaning agent will be hard to gelatinize, and it can maintain fluidity|liquidity more favorably.
<(C)成分>
 (C)成分は、水及び水混和性有機溶剤から選ばれる1種以上である。
 液体洗浄剤が(C)成分を含んでいれば、流動性が良好となる。
 (C)成分は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
<(C) Component>
Component (C) is one or more selected from water and water-miscible organic solvents.
If the liquid detergent contains the component (C), it will have good fluidity.
(C) Component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
 水としては、精製水、イオン交換水、蒸留水、水道水などを使用することができる。
 水は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
Purified water, ion-exchanged water, distilled water, tap water, and the like can be used as water.
One type of water may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
 界面活性剤濃度が高い液体洗浄剤の場合、水の含有量は液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して3~30質量%が好ましく、5~25質量%が好ましく、5~23質量%がより好ましい。水の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、液体洗浄剤として適した粘度を良好に維持できる。水の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤がゲル化しにくく、流動性を良好に維持できる。
 界面活性剤濃度が低い液体洗浄剤の場合、水の含有量は60~85質量%が好ましく、65~83質量%がより好ましく、70~80質量%がさらに好ましい。水の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、液体洗浄剤の粘度を下げられるため使用性が向上し、また引火しにくくなる。さらに成分同士の相溶性が向上し、製造性と液安定性がより高まる。水の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、洗浄力や液安定性がより高まる。
 なお、「界面活性剤濃度が高い」とは、液体洗浄剤中の界面活性剤の含有量が合計で、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して40質量%以上であることを意味する。「界面活性剤濃度が低い」とは、液体洗浄剤中の界面活性剤の含有量が合計で、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して40質量%未満であることを意味する。
In the case of a liquid detergent with a high surfactant concentration, the water content is preferably 3 to 30% by mass, preferably 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 5 to 23% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. . If the content of water is at least the above lower limit, the viscosity suitable as a liquid detergent can be favorably maintained. If the content of water is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the liquid detergent is less likely to gel, and good fluidity can be maintained.
In the case of a liquid detergent with a low surfactant concentration, the water content is preferably 60-85% by mass, more preferably 65-83% by mass, even more preferably 70-80% by mass. If the content of water is at least the above lower limit, the viscosity of the liquid cleaning agent can be lowered, thereby improving usability and making it less flammable. Furthermore, the compatibility between the components is improved, and the manufacturability and liquid stability are further enhanced. If the content of water is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the detergency and liquid stability will be enhanced.
In addition, "the surfactant concentration is high" means that the total content of the surfactant in the liquid cleaning agent is 40% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the liquid cleaning agent. "Low surfactant concentration" means that the total content of surfactants in the liquid detergent is less than 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 水混和性有機溶剤は、25℃の水1Lに50g以上溶解する有機溶剤をいう。
 水混和性有機溶剤としては、例えばエタノール、グリセリン、1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール、1-ブタノール、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブタノール(ソルフィット、商品名)等のアルコール類;プロピレングリコール(PG)、ブチレングリコール、ヘキシレングリコール等のグリコール類;ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、分子量約200~1000のポリエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール等のポリグリコール類;ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル(ブチルカルビトール)、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル等のアルキルエーテル類などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、臭気の少なさ、入手のしやすさ、液体洗浄剤の流動性の観点等から、エタノール、グリセリン、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブタノール、プロピレングリコール、分子量約200~1000のポリエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル(ブチルカルビトール)が好ましく、エタノール、グリセリン、プロピレングリコールがより好ましい。
 水混和性有機溶剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。酵素の安定性(残存活性)、外観安定性、液体洗浄剤の流動性の観点からプロピレングリコールとエタノールとを併用することが好ましい。
A water-miscible organic solvent refers to an organic solvent that dissolves 50 g or more in 1 L of water at 25°C.
Water-miscible organic solvents include alcohols such as ethanol, glycerin, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol (Solfit, trade name); propylene glycol; (PG), butylene glycol, hexylene glycol and other glycols; diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of about 200 to 1000, dipropylene glycol and other polyglycols; diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl Alkyl ethers such as ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl carbitol), diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and the like are included. Among these, ethanol, glycerin, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, propylene glycol, and a molecular weight of about 200 to 1000 are preferred from the viewpoints of low odor, availability, fluidity of liquid detergents, and the like. of polyethylene glycol and diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl carbitol) are preferred, and ethanol, glycerin and propylene glycol are more preferred.
The water-miscible organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. It is preferable to use propylene glycol and ethanol in combination from the viewpoints of enzyme stability (residual activity), appearance stability, and fluidity of the liquid detergent.
 水混和性有機溶剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して3~40質量%が好ましく、5~20質量%がより好ましく、8~15質量%がさらに好ましい。水混和性有機溶剤の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、外観安定性、液体洗浄剤の流動性が良好となる。水混和性有機溶剤の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤が酵素を含有する場合、酵素の安定性が良好となる。 The content of the water-miscible organic solvent is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-20% by mass, and even more preferably 8-15% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. If the content of the water-miscible organic solvent is at least the above lower limit, the appearance stability and fluidity of the liquid detergent will be good. When the content of the water-miscible organic solvent is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the stability of the enzyme is improved when the liquid detergent contains the enzyme.
 また、水混和性有機溶剤の質量に対する水の質量比、すなわち、水/水混和性有機溶剤で表される質量比(水/有機溶剤比)は、0.2~3が好ましく、0.8~2.5がより好ましく、1~2がさらに好ましい。水/有機溶剤比が上記範囲内であれば、液体洗浄剤の流動性がより向上する。 Further, the mass ratio of water to the mass of the water-miscible organic solvent, that is, the mass ratio represented by water/water-miscible organic solvent (water/organic solvent ratio) is preferably 0.2 to 3, and 0.8. ~2.5 is more preferred, and 1-2 is even more preferred. If the water/organic solvent ratio is within the above range, the fluidity of the liquid cleaning agent is further improved.
 (C)成分の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して6~60質量%が好ましく、10~50質量%がより好ましく、20~45質量%がさらに好ましく、30~40質量%が特に好ましい。(C)成分の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、外観安定性、液体洗浄剤の流動性が良好となる。(C)成分の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤が酵素を含有する場合、酵素の安定性が良好となる。 The content of component (C) is preferably 6 to 60% by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, even more preferably 20 to 45% by mass, even more preferably 30 to 40% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. Especially preferred. If the content of the component (C) is at least the above lower limit, the appearance stability and fluidity of the liquid detergent will be good. If the content of the component (C) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the stability of the enzyme is improved when the liquid detergent contains the enzyme.
<(D)成分>
 (D)成分は、無機アルカリ剤である。
 (D)成分は、液体洗浄剤に洗浄力、特に皮脂汚れに対する洗浄力(皮脂洗浄力)を付与する成分である。
 無機アルカリ剤とは、水に全量又は一部が溶解して塩基性を示し、1質量%の水溶液の25℃におけるpHが8以上となる成分である。
 (D)成分としては、具体的に、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸ナトリウム及び炭酸水素ナトリウムの複塩(セスキ炭酸ナトリウム)、炭酸カリウム、炭酸水素カリウム等の炭酸塩;メタケイ酸ナトリウム、層状ケイ酸ナトリウム等のケイ酸塩などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、洗浄力がより高まる観点から、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、層状ケイ酸ナトリウムが好ましい。
 (D)成分は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
<(D) Component>
(D) Component is an inorganic alkaline agent.
The component (D) is a component that imparts detergency to the liquid detergent, especially detergency against sebum stains (sebum detergency).
The inorganic alkaline agent is a component that dissolves in whole or in part in water and exhibits basicity, and the pH of a 1% by mass aqueous solution at 25° C. is 8 or higher.
Specific examples of component (D) include sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, double salts of sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate (sodium sesquicarbonate), potassium carbonate, carbonates such as potassium hydrogen carbonate; sodium metasilicate, layered silicon and silicates such as sodium phosphate. Among these, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium metasilicate, and lamellar sodium silicate are preferable from the viewpoint of further increasing detergency.
(D) Component may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be combined and used.
 液体洗浄剤中で、(D)成分の全てが溶解していてもよいし、(D)成分の少なくとも一部が固体状態で存在していてもよい。すなわち、(D)成分には液体洗浄剤に溶解しているものと、溶解せずに固体状態で存在しているものがあり、液体洗浄剤には溶解度を超えた量の(D)成分が含まれていでもよい。
 以下、本明細書において、(D)成分のうち液体洗浄剤に溶解している(D)成分を「(D1)成分」ともいい、液体洗浄剤中で固体状態で存在する(D)成分を「(D2)成分」ともいう。
 (D)成分の全量を、そのまま液体洗浄剤中に配合してもよいし、(D)成分の全量のうち、溶解度を超えない量を液体洗浄剤中に配合して溶解させた後、残りの量を液体洗浄剤中に配合してもよい。
In the liquid detergent, all of the component (D) may be dissolved, or at least part of the component (D) may exist in a solid state. In other words, the component (D) may be dissolved in the liquid detergent or may exist in a solid state without being dissolved. may be included.
Hereinafter, of the components (D), the component (D) dissolved in the liquid detergent is also referred to as "component (D1)", and the component (D) present in the liquid detergent in a solid state is referred to as "component (D1)". Also referred to as "(D2) component".
The entire amount of component (D) may be blended in the liquid detergent as it is, or an amount not exceeding the solubility of the total amount of component (D) may be blended in the liquid detergent and dissolved. may be incorporated into the liquid detergent.
 (D2)成分の表面は、改質されていてもよい。(D2)成分の表面が改質されていれば、(D2)成分が溶解せずに、粒子外観(粒子数、粒子サイズ等)を良好に維持でき、(D2)成分の外観安定性が高まる。加えて、(D2)成分が沈殿しにくく、分散安定性が向上する。さらに、(D2)成分の溶解速度を制御できる。
 (D2)成分の表面の改質方法としては、例えば無機アルカリ剤を焼成処理する方法などが挙げられる。
 なお、本明細書において、表面が改質された無機アルカリ剤を「改質アルカリ剤」ともいう。本発明では、一部炭酸水素ナトリウム、セスキ炭酸ナトリウムを含有する炭酸ナトリウムも改質アルカリ剤とする。
The surface of component (D2) may be modified. If the surface of the component (D2) is modified, the component (D2) does not dissolve and the particle appearance (number of particles, particle size, etc.) can be maintained well, and the appearance stability of the component (D2) is enhanced. . In addition, the component (D2) is less likely to precipitate, improving dispersion stability. Furthermore, the dissolution rate of component (D2) can be controlled.
As a method for modifying the surface of the component (D2), for example, a method of baking an inorganic alkaline agent can be used.
In this specification, the surface-modified inorganic alkaline agent is also referred to as "modified alkaline agent". In the present invention, sodium carbonate partially containing sodium bicarbonate and sodium sesquicarbonate is also regarded as a modified alkaline agent.
 また、(D2)成分の表面は、被覆剤で被覆されていてもよい。すなわち、(D2)成分の表面に被覆層が形成されていてもよい。(D2)成分の表面が被覆剤で被覆されていれば、(D2)成分が溶解せずに、粒子外観(粒子数、粒子サイズ等)を良好に維持でき、(D2)成分の外観安定性が高まる。加えて、(D2)成分が沈殿しにくく、分散安定性が向上する。さらに、(D2)成分の溶解速度を制御できる。ただし、本発明の液体洗浄剤を、洗剤自動投入装置を備えた洗濯機や自動ディスペンサーに使用する場合は、投入用配管やシリンジポンプ等の閉塞を防止する観点から、(D2)成分の表面は被覆剤で被覆されていないことが好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において、表面が被覆剤で被覆された無機アルカリ剤を「被覆アルカリ剤」ともいう。
Moreover, the surface of the component (D2) may be coated with a coating agent. That is, a coating layer may be formed on the surface of the component (D2). If the surface of the component (D2) is coated with a coating agent, the component (D2) does not dissolve and the particle appearance (number of particles, particle size, etc.) can be maintained well, and the appearance stability of the component (D2) increases. In addition, the component (D2) is less likely to precipitate, improving dispersion stability. Furthermore, the dissolution rate of component (D2) can be controlled. However, when the liquid detergent of the present invention is used in a washing machine or an automatic dispenser equipped with an automatic detergent dispenser, the surface of component (D2) should be It is preferably not coated with a coating.
In this specification, an inorganic alkaline agent whose surface is coated with a coating agent is also referred to as a "coated alkaline agent".
 被覆剤としては、液体洗浄剤中では溶解しにくく、無機アルカリ剤に付着しやすいが、液体洗浄剤を水で希釈した洗濯液中では溶解あるいは膨潤、崩壊、分散しやすく、無機アルカリ剤から脱離しやすいものが好ましい。被覆剤としては、例えばヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、メチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ポリアクリル酸又はその塩、アクリル酸-マレイン酸共重合体又はその塩、アクリル酸-無水マレイン酸共重合体又はその塩、脂肪酸又はその塩、ポリビニルアルコール、プルラン、キサンタンガム、デンプン、変性デンプン、硫酸ナトリウム、炭酸カルシウム、アルミノケイ酸塩(ゼオライト等)、酸化チタンなどが挙げられる。これらの中でも、液体洗浄剤中における溶解性を制御し、粒子外観を維持する観点から、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、メチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ポリアクリル酸又はその塩、アクリル酸-マレイン酸共重合体又はその塩、アクリル酸-無水マレイン酸共重合体又はその塩、脂肪酸又はその塩、ポリビニルアルコール、プルラン、キサンタンガム、デンプン、変性デンプン、硫酸ナトリウム、炭酸カルシウムが好ましく、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、メチルセルロース、ポリアクリル酸又はその塩、アクリル酸-マレイン酸共重合体又はその塩、アクリル酸-無水マレイン酸共重合体又はその塩、硫酸ナトリウムがより好ましい。
 被覆剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
As a coating agent, it is difficult to dissolve in a liquid detergent and easily adheres to an inorganic alkaline agent, but it dissolves, swells, disintegrates, or disperses easily in a washing liquid obtained by diluting a liquid detergent with water, and is easily removed from an inorganic alkaline agent. A material that can be easily separated is preferable. Coating agents include, for example, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, polyacrylic acid or salts thereof, acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymers or salts thereof, acrylic acid-maleic anhydride copolymers or salts thereof. , fatty acid or its salt, polyvinyl alcohol, pullulan, xanthan gum, starch, modified starch, sodium sulfate, calcium carbonate, aluminosilicate (zeolite, etc.), titanium oxide, and the like. Among these, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, polyacrylic acid or a salt thereof, acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymer, are used from the viewpoint of controlling the solubility in the liquid detergent and maintaining the appearance of the particles. Combined or salt thereof, acrylic acid-maleic anhydride copolymer or salt thereof, fatty acid or salt thereof, polyvinyl alcohol, pullulan, xanthan gum, starch, modified starch, sodium sulfate, calcium carbonate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose are preferable. , methylcellulose, polyacrylic acid or its salt, acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymer or its salt, acrylic acid-maleic anhydride copolymer or its salt, and sodium sulfate are more preferred.
A coating agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
 被覆アルカリ剤は、無機アルカリ剤を流動化させつつ被覆剤を噴霧し造粒・被覆する流動層造粒法、無機アルカリ剤に被覆剤を噴霧・添加し撹拌羽根で撹拌して造粒・被覆する撹拌造粒法、被覆剤に無機アルカリ剤を浸漬・撹拌して、溶媒を留去して造粒物・被覆物を得る浸漬撹拌造粒法、無機アルカリ剤に被覆剤を添加し、捏和してこれを押出機で押し出す押出造粒法、無機アルカリ剤を転動させつつ被覆剤を噴霧して造粒・被覆する転動造粒法、無機アルカリ剤及び被覆剤を含むスラリーを噴霧乾燥する噴霧乾燥型造粒法などにより得られる。
 被覆剤は任意の溶媒に溶解又は分散させて溶液の状態で用いてもよい。
The coating alkali agent is a fluidized bed granulation method in which a coating agent is sprayed while fluidizing an inorganic alkali agent to granulate and coat. agitating granulation method, immersing and agitating an inorganic alkaline agent in a coating agent, distilling off the solvent to obtain granules and coated products, adding a coating agent to an inorganic alkaline agent, and kneading Extrusion granulation method of mixing and extruding this with an extruder, rolling granulation method of granulating and coating by spraying coating agent while rotating inorganic alkaline agent, spraying slurry containing inorganic alkaline agent and coating agent It can be obtained by a spray-drying granulation method or the like.
The coating agent may be dissolved or dispersed in any solvent and used in the form of a solution.
 さらに、上述した方法により得られた造粒物に、被覆剤を感応せしめる塩(感応性塩)を、混合機、造粒機又は流動層等の任意の機械を用いて添加、混合して、被覆アルカリ剤を製造してもよい。
 ここで「被覆剤を感応せしめる塩」とは、被覆剤の粘度を上昇させたり、ゲル化させたり、膜を形成させる塩をいう。このような感応性塩の好ましい例としては、塩化カルシウム、塩化マグネシウム、塩化アルミニウム等の多価塩化物;硫酸マグネシウム、硫酸アルミニウム等の多価硫酸塩;硝酸カルシウム、硝酸マグネシウム等の多価硝酸塩;酢酸カルシウム、クエン酸カルシウム等の多価有機酸塩;酸化カルシウム;水酸化カルシウム;四ホウ酸ナトリウムなどが挙げられる。
 感応性塩は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
Furthermore, a salt that makes the coating agent sensitive (sensitive salt) is added to the granules obtained by the above-described method using any machine such as a mixer, granulator, or fluidized bed, and mixed, A coated alkaline agent may be produced.
As used herein, the term "salt that sensitizes the coating material" refers to a salt that increases the viscosity of the coating material, causes gelation, or forms a film. Preferred examples of such sensitive salts include polyvalent chlorides such as calcium chloride, magnesium chloride and aluminum chloride; polyvalent sulfates such as magnesium sulfate and aluminum sulfate; polyvalent nitrates such as calcium nitrate and magnesium nitrate; polyvalent organic acid salts such as calcium acetate and calcium citrate; calcium oxide; calcium hydroxide; and sodium tetraborate.
One type of sensitive salt may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
 (D2)成分100質量部に対する被覆層の割合は1~60質量部が好ましく、3~50質量部がより好ましく、5~40質量部がさらに好ましい。被覆層の割合が上記下限値以上であれば、(D2)成分の表面を被覆する効果が充分に得られる。被覆層の割合が上記上限値以下であれば、洗濯液中で素早く被覆層が溶解あるいは膨潤、崩壊、分散し、(D2)成分の溶け残りを防止できる。加えて、単位重量あたりの(D2)成分の量を増やせる。 The ratio of the coating layer to 100 parts by mass of component (D2) is preferably 1 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 50 parts by mass, and even more preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass. If the ratio of the coating layer is at least the above lower limit, the effect of component (D2) covering the surface can be sufficiently obtained. If the ratio of the coating layer is not more than the above upper limit, the coating layer quickly dissolves, swells, disintegrates, or disperses in the washing liquid, and component (D2) can be prevented from being left undissolved. In addition, the amount of component (D2) per unit weight can be increased.
 (D)成分の粒子径は、10~2000μmが好ましく、100~1500μmがより好ましく、200~1000μmがさらに好ましい。(D)成分の粒子径が上記下限値以上であれば、溶解速度を制御しやすく、粒子外観の美麗さに優れる。(D)成分の粒子径が上記上限値以下であれば、水に対する溶解速度が向上する。
 一方で、(D)成分の溶解速度制御等を必要としない場合、(D)成分の粒子径は、200μm以下が好ましく、100μm以下がより好ましい。特に、表面が被覆されていない(D)成分の粒子径が200μm未満であることが好ましく、100μm未満であることがより好ましい。(D)成分の粒子径が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤を水で希釈したときに速やかに(D2)成分が溶解する。また、洗濯機の投入口や洗濯後の衣類に固体の(D2)成分が残りにくい。よって、(D)成分の粒子径が200μm以下であれば、洗剤自動投入機能を備えた洗濯機や自動ディスペンサーでの使用に適している。
The particle size of component (D) is preferably 10 to 2000 μm, more preferably 100 to 1500 μm, even more preferably 200 to 1000 μm. When the particle size of the component (D) is at least the above lower limit, the dissolution rate can be easily controlled, and the appearance of the particles can be excellent. If the particle size of the component (D) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the dissolution rate in water is improved.
On the other hand, when it is not necessary to control the dissolution rate of component (D), the particle size of component (D) is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 100 μm or less. In particular, the particle size of component (D) whose surface is not coated is preferably less than 200 µm, more preferably less than 100 µm. If the particle size of the component (D) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the component (D2) dissolves quickly when the liquid detergent is diluted with water. In addition, the solid component (D2) is less likely to remain on the inlet of the washing machine or on the clothes after washing. Therefore, if the particle size of component (D) is 200 µm or less, it is suitable for use in washing machines and automatic dispensers equipped with an automatic detergent injection function.
 被覆アルカリ剤の粒子径は、10~2000μmが好ましく、100~1500μmがより好ましく、200~1000μmがさらに好ましい。被覆アルカリ剤の粒子径が上記下限値以上であれば、溶解速度を制御しやすく、粒子外観の美麗さに優れる。被覆アルカリ剤の粒子径が上記上限値以下であれば、水に対する溶解速度が向上する。
 一方で、被覆アルカリ剤の溶解速度制御等を必要としない場合、被覆アルカリ剤の粒子径は、200μm以下が好ましく、100μm以下がより好ましい。
The particle size of the coated alkaline agent is preferably 10 to 2000 μm, more preferably 100 to 1500 μm, even more preferably 200 to 1000 μm. When the particle diameter of the coated alkaline agent is at least the above lower limit, the dissolution rate can be easily controlled, and the appearance of the particles is excellent. If the particle size of the coated alkaline agent is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the dissolution rate in water is improved.
On the other hand, when the dissolution rate control of the coated alkaline agent is not required, the particle size of the coated alkaline agent is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 100 μm or less.
 なお、(D)成分の粒子径及び被覆アルカリ剤の粒子径は、粒度分布測定装置(例えばベックマン・コールター株式会社製、製品名「LS 13 320」)を用いた、レーザー回折散乱法によるによる体積基準のメディアン径である。粒子径の測定は、(D)成分又は被覆アルカリ剤をそのままの状態で測定する乾式でもよいし、(D)成分又は被覆アルカリ剤を溶媒に分散させて測定する湿式でもよい。 The particle size of the component (D) and the particle size of the coated alkaline agent are measured by a laser diffraction scattering method using a particle size distribution analyzer (for example, manufactured by Beckman Coulter, Inc., product name "LS 13 320"). This is the standard median diameter. The particle size may be measured by a dry method in which the component (D) or the coated alkaline agent is measured as it is, or by a wet method in which the component (D) or the coated alkaline agent is dispersed in a solvent and measured.
 (D)成分の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して1~20質量%が好ましく、2~15質量%がより好ましく、2.5~10質量%がさらに好ましい。(D)成分の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、洗浄力がより高まる。(D)成分の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤の流動性を良好に維持できる。また、低温での液安定性にも優れる。
 また、液体洗浄剤中で(D)成分の少なくとも一部が固体状態で存在している場合、(D2)成分の割合は、(D)成分の総質量に対して、10~80質量%が好ましく、15~70質量%がより好ましく、20~60質量%がさらに好ましい。(D)成分の総質量に対する(D2)成分の割合が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤の流動性と粒子外観の美麗さが得られる。
The content of component (D) is preferably 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 2 to 15% by mass, even more preferably 2.5 to 10% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. (D) If content of a component is more than the said lower limit, detergency will increase more. (D) If content of a component is below the said upper limit, the fluidity|liquidity of a liquid detergent can be maintained favorably. Moreover, it is also excellent in liquid stability at low temperatures.
Further, when at least part of the component (D) exists in a solid state in the liquid detergent, the ratio of the component (D2) is 10 to 80% by mass with respect to the total mass of the component (D). Preferably, 15 to 70% by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 60% by mass. If the ratio of component (D2) to the total mass of component (D) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, fluidity of the liquid detergent and beautiful appearance of particles can be obtained.
<(E)成分>
 (E)成分は、分散剤である。
 液体洗浄剤が(E)成分を含んでいれば、洗濯中に繊維製品から除去された皮脂汚れやその分解物が再度、繊維製品に付着することを抑制できる。よって、繊維製品に黄ばみが発生するのをより抑制でき、繊維製品の黄ばみに対する洗浄力がより高まる。
 (E)成分としては、例えばポリアルキレンイミンのアルキレンオキシド付加体、ポリカルボン酸系ポリマー、ポリカルボン酸系ポリマーの塩などが挙げられる。
 (E)成分は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
<(E) component>
(E) Component is a dispersant.
If the liquid detergent contains the (E) component, it is possible to suppress re-adhesion of sebum stains and their decomposition products removed from the textiles during washing to the textiles. Therefore, it is possible to further suppress the occurrence of yellowing of the textile product, and the detergency against the yellowing of the textile product is further enhanced.
Examples of component (E) include alkylene oxide adducts of polyalkyleneimine, polycarboxylic acid polymers, and salts of polycarboxylic acid polymers.
(E) Component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
 ポリアルキレンイミンのアルキレンオキシド付加体(以下、「(E1)成分」ともいう。)のポリアルキレンイミンは、例えば下記一般式(6)で表される。
 NH-R20-[N(B)-R20-NH  ・・・(6)
(一般式(6)中、R20はそれぞれ独立して炭素数2~6のアルキレン基である。Bは、水素原子又は分岐による別のポリアミン鎖を示す。gは1以上の数である。ただし、前記Bがすべて水素原子であることはない。)
 すなわち、一般式式(6)で表されるポリアルキレンイミンは、構造中に分岐したポリアミン鎖を有する。
The polyalkyleneimine of the alkylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine (hereinafter also referred to as "(E1) component") is represented by, for example, the following general formula (6).
NH 2 —R 20 —[N(B)-R 20 ] g —NH 2 (6)
(In general formula (6), R 20 is each independently an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. B represents a hydrogen atom or another branched polyamine chain. g is a number of 1 or more. However, all of the above B are not hydrogen atoms.)
That is, the polyalkyleneimine represented by the general formula (6) has a branched polyamine chain in its structure.
 R20は、炭素数2~6の直鎖アルキレン基又は炭素数3~6の分岐アルキレン基である。R20は、炭素数2~4のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数2のアルキレン基がより好ましい。
 ポリアルキレンイミンは、炭素数2~6のアルキレンイミンの1種又は2種以上を常法により重合して得られる。炭素数2~6のアルキレンイミンとしては、エチレンイミン、プロピレンイミン、1,2-ブチレンイミン、2,3-ブチレンイミン、1,1-ジメチルエチレンイミンなどが挙げられる。
 ポリアルキレンイミンとしては、ポリエチレンイミン(PEI)、ポリプロピレンイミンが好ましく、PEIがより好ましい。PEIは、エチレンイミンを重合することによって得られ、その構造中に、1級、2級及び3級アミン窒素原子を含む分岐鎖構造を有している。
R 20 is a linear alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched alkylene group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms. R 20 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms.
The polyalkyleneimine is obtained by polymerizing one or more alkyleneimine having 2 to 6 carbon atoms by a conventional method. The alkyleneimine having 2 to 6 carbon atoms includes ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, 2,3-butyleneimine, 1,1-dimethylethyleneimine and the like.
As the polyalkyleneimine, polyethyleneimine (PEI) and polypropyleneimine are preferable, and PEI is more preferable. PEI is obtained by polymerizing ethyleneimine and has a branched chain structure containing primary, secondary and tertiary amine nitrogen atoms in its structure.
 ポリアルキレンイミンの質量平均分子量は、200~2000が好ましく、300~1500がより好ましく、400~1000がさらに好ましく、500~800が特に好ましい。
 ポリアルキレンイミンとしては、その1分子中に活性水素を5~30個有するものが好ましく、7~25個有するものがより好ましく、10~20個有するものがさらに好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200-2000, more preferably 300-1500, even more preferably 400-1000, and particularly preferably 500-800.
The polyalkyleneimine preferably has 5 to 30 active hydrogens in one molecule, more preferably 7 to 25 active hydrogens, and even more preferably 10 to 20 active hydrogens.
 (E1)成分は、ポリアルキレンイミンにアルキレンオキシドを付加して得られる。この方法としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、ナトリウムメチラート等の塩基性触媒の存在下、出発物質であるポリアルキレンイミンに対して、100~180℃でエチレンオキシド等のアルキレンオキシドを付加させる方法等が挙げられる。
 アルキレンオキシドとしては、炭素数2~4のアルキレンオキシドが挙げられる。前記アルキレンオキシドとしては、エチレンオキシド、プロピレンオキシド、ブチレンオキシドが挙げられ、エチレンオキシド及びプロピレンオキシドが好ましく、エチレンオキシドがより好ましい。
The (E1) component is obtained by adding an alkylene oxide to a polyalkyleneimine. As this method, for example, in the presence of a basic catalyst such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and sodium methylate, an alkylene oxide such as ethylene oxide is added to the polyalkyleneimine starting material at 100 to 180°C. and the like.
Alkylene oxides include those having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkylene oxide include ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and butylene oxide, with ethylene oxide and propylene oxide being preferred, and ethylene oxide being more preferred.
 (E1)成分としては、ポリアルキレンイミンのエチレンオキシド付加体、ポリアルキレンイミンのプロピレンオキシド付加体、ポリアルキレンイミンのエチレンオキシド-プロピレンオキシド付加体等が挙げられる。なお、前記ポリアルキレンイミンのエチレンオキシド-プロピレンオキシド付加体は、ポリアルキレンイミンにエチレンオキシド及びプロピレンオキシドを付加したものであり、ポリアルキレンイミンに対するエチレンオキシドとプロピレンオキシドの付加順序や付加形態(ブロック状、ランダム状)は任意である。
 (E1)成分としては、ポリアルキレンイミンのエチレンオキシド付加体、ポリアルキレンイミンのエチレンオキシド-プロピレンオキシド付加体が好ましく、ポリアルキレンイミンのエチレンオキシド付加体がより好ましい。
Component (E1) includes ethylene oxide adducts of polyalkyleneimine, propylene oxide adducts of polyalkyleneimine, and ethylene oxide-propylene oxide adducts of polyalkyleneimine. The ethylene oxide-propylene oxide adduct of the polyalkyleneimine is obtained by adding ethylene oxide and propylene oxide to the polyalkyleneimine. ) are optional.
Component (E1) is preferably an ethylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine or an ethylene oxide-propylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine, more preferably an ethylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine.
 (E1)成分としては、原料であるポリアルキレンイミンが有する活性水素1原子に対し、平均5~40個のアルキレンオキシドが付加されたものが好ましく、平均10~30個のアルキレンオキシドが付加されたものがより好ましい。即ち、原料であるポリアルキレンイミンが有する活性水素1モルあたりに、平均5~40モルのアルキレンオキシドが付加されたものが好ましく、平均10~30モルのアルキレンオキシドが付加されたものがより好ましい。 The component (E1) is preferably one in which an average of 5 to 40 alkylene oxides are added to 1 atom of the active hydrogen of the raw material polyalkyleneimine, and an average of 10 to 30 alkylene oxides are added. is more preferred. That is, it is preferable that an average of 5 to 40 mol of alkylene oxide is added per 1 mol of active hydrogen of the raw material polyalkyleneimine, and that of an average of 10 to 30 mol of alkylene oxide is more preferable.
 (E1)成分の質量平均分子量は、1000~80000が好ましく、2000~50000がより好ましく、5000~30000がさらに好ましく、10000~20000が特に好ましい。
 なお、本明細書における質量平均分子量は、ポリエチレングリコールを標準物質とし、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィーにより求めた値を意味する。
 (E1)成分としては、例えば、下記一般式(7)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
The weight average molecular weight of component (E1) is preferably from 1,000 to 80,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 50,000, even more preferably from 5,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably from 10,000 to 20,000.
In addition, the mass average molecular weight in this specification means the value obtained by gel permeation chromatography using polyethylene glycol as a standard substance.
The (E1) component includes, for example, compounds represented by the following general formula (7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 一般式(7)中、R22はそれぞれ独立して炭素数2~6のアルキレン基である。hはそれぞれ独立して1以上の数である。
 R22は、炭素数2又は3のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数2のアルキレン基がより好ましい。hは、(R22O)の平均繰り返し数であり、それぞれ独立に5~40が好ましく、10~30がより好ましい。
In general formula (7), each R 22 is independently an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Each h is independently a number of 1 or more.
R 22 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms. h is the average repeating number of (R 22 O), each independently preferably 5-40, more preferably 10-30.
 (E1)成分は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 (E1)成分としては、合成品が用いられてもよいし、市販品が用いられてもよい。
 (E1)成分の市販品としては、例えばBASF社製の商品名「Sokalan HP20」などが挙げられる。
(E1) component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
As the (E1) component, a synthetic product or a commercially available product may be used.
(E1) As a commercial product of the component, for example, trade name "Sokalan HP20" manufactured by BASF Corporation can be mentioned.
 (E1)成分の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.01~5質量%が好ましく、0.1~4質量%がより好ましく、1~3質量%がさらに好ましい。(E1)成分の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、黄ばみに対する洗浄力がより良好になる。(E1)成分の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、外観安定性が良好になる。 The content of component (E1) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 4% by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 3% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. (E1) If the content of the component is at least the above lower limit, the detergency against yellowing will be better. If the content of the component (E1) is equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the appearance stability is improved.
 ポリカルボン酸系ポリマー、ポリカルボン酸系ポリマーの塩(以下、これらを総称して「(E2)成分」ともいう。)としては、例えばポリアクリル酸及びその塩、ポリマレイン酸及びその塩、アクリル酸-マレイン酸共重合体及びその塩、炭素数4~12の炭化水素とマレイン酸との共重合体及びその塩、アクリル酸-メタクリル酸共重合体及びその塩などが挙げられる。
 (E2)成分としては、アクリル酸-マレイン酸共重合体及びその塩から選択される1種以上、炭素数4~12の炭化水素とマレイン酸との共重合体及びその塩から選択される1種以上が好ましく、炭素数4~12の炭化水素とマレイン酸との共重合体及びその塩から選択される1種以上がより好ましい。
 塩は、一部でも全部でもよく、塩としてはナトリウム、カリウム等のアルカリ金属塩やアルカノールアミン等の有機アミン塩が好ましい。
Examples of polycarboxylic acid-based polymers and salts of polycarboxylic acid-based polymers (hereinafter collectively referred to as "component (E2)") include, for example, polyacrylic acid and its salts, polymaleic acid and its salts, acrylic acid -maleic acid copolymers and salts thereof, copolymers of hydrocarbons having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and maleic acid and salts thereof, acrylic acid-methacrylic acid copolymers and salts thereof, and the like.
The (E2) component is one or more selected from acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymers and salts thereof, and one selected from copolymers of hydrocarbons having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and maleic acid and salts thereof. More than one species is preferable, and one or more species selected from copolymers of hydrocarbons having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and maleic acid and salts thereof are more preferable.
The salt may be partly or wholly, and the salt is preferably an alkali metal salt such as sodium or potassium or an organic amine salt such as alkanolamine.
 (E2)成分における、炭素数4~12の炭化水素としては、マレイン酸と共重合可能なものであればよく、原料のハンドリング性の観点から炭素数10以下の炭化水素が好ましく、炭素数4~10の炭化水素がより好ましく、炭素数4~9の炭化水素がさらに好ましく、炭素数5~9の炭化水素が特に好ましく、炭素数8の炭化水素が最も好ましい。このような炭化水素としては、例えば二重結合をもつ不飽和鎖式炭化水素が挙げられる。 The hydrocarbon having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in the component (E2) may be any one that can be copolymerized with maleic acid. Hydrocarbons of ∼10 are more preferred, hydrocarbons of 4 to 9 carbon atoms are more preferred, hydrocarbons of 5 to 9 carbon atoms are particularly preferred, and hydrocarbons of 8 carbon atoms are most preferred. Such hydrocarbons include, for example, unsaturated chain hydrocarbons having double bonds.
 アクリル酸-マレイン酸共重合体において、アクリル酸とマレイン酸との共重合比(アクリル酸:マレイン酸)はモル比で、50:50~80:20が好ましく、50:50~70:30がより好ましく、55:45~65:35がさらに好ましい。アクリル酸の割合が多くなると、液体洗浄剤中での溶解性がより高まる。加えて、重合性が高まり共重合体の製造が容易となる。マレイン酸の割合が多くなると、不溶化した変成デンプンとカルシウムの複合体を分解する能力が向上して洗浄力がより高まる。 In the acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymer, the molar ratio of copolymerization of acrylic acid and maleic acid (acrylic acid:maleic acid) is preferably 50:50 to 80:20, more preferably 50:50 to 70:30. More preferably, 55:45 to 65:35 is even more preferable. Higher proportions of acrylic acid are more soluble in liquid detergents. In addition, the polymerizability is enhanced and the production of the copolymer is facilitated. A higher proportion of maleic acid increases the ability to break down the insolubilized modified starch-calcium complex, resulting in higher detergency.
 (E2)成分は、架橋されたポリマーでもよいし、架橋されていないポリマーでもよい。
 前記架橋されたポリマーとしては、例えば、架橋剤により架橋された高分子架橋体が挙げられる。前記架橋剤としては、例えば、アリルエーテル化合物が挙げられる。前記アリルエーテル化合物としては、例えば、アリルエーテル、糖のアリルエーテル、糖アルコールのアリルエーテル等が挙げられる。前記糖としては、例えば、スクロース等が挙げられる。前記糖アルコールとしては、例えば、ペンタエリスリトール等が挙げられる。
The (E2) component may be a crosslinked polymer or a non-crosslinked polymer.
Examples of the crosslinked polymer include a crosslinked polymer crosslinked by a crosslinking agent. Examples of the cross-linking agent include allyl ether compounds. Examples of the allyl ether compound include allyl ether, allyl ether of sugar, allyl ether of sugar alcohol, and the like. Examples of the sugar include sucrose and the like. Examples of the sugar alcohol include pentaerythritol.
 (E2)成分の質量平均分子量は、1000~100000が好ましく、3000~100000がより好ましく、5000~80000がさらに好ましく、5000~50000が特に好ましい。(E2)成分の質量平均分子量が上記下限値以上であれば、液体洗浄剤の塗布洗浄性が向上する。(E2)成分の質量平均分子量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤の液安定性が向上する。
 特に、炭素数4~12の炭化水素とマレイン酸との共重合体の質量平均分子量は、1000~100000が好ましく、3000~50000がより好ましい。質量平均分子量が上記下限値以上であれば、洗濯機からの洗濯後の被洗物の取り出しが容易になる。質量平均分子量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤の液安定性が向上する。
 アクリル酸とマレイン酸との共重合体の質量平均分子量は、5000~100000が好ましく、5000~50000がより好ましい。質量平均分子量が上記下限値以上であれば、洗濯機からの洗濯後の被洗物の取り出しが容易になる。質量平均分子量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤の液安定性が向上する。
The weight average molecular weight of component (E2) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 3,000 to 100,000, even more preferably 5,000 to 80,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 50,000. If the mass average molecular weight of the component (E2) is at least the above lower limit, the coating and washing properties of the liquid detergent will be improved. (E2) If the mass average molecular weight of the component is at most the above upper limit, the liquid stability of the liquid detergent will be improved.
In particular, the weight average molecular weight of a copolymer of a hydrocarbon having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and maleic acid is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 3,000 to 50,000. When the weight-average molecular weight is at least the above lower limit, it becomes easy to take out the laundry after washing from the washing machine. If the weight average molecular weight is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the liquid stability of the liquid detergent is improved.
The copolymer of acrylic acid and maleic acid preferably has a mass average molecular weight of 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 50,000. When the weight-average molecular weight is at least the above lower limit, it becomes easy to take out the laundry after washing from the washing machine. If the weight average molecular weight is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the liquid stability of the liquid detergent is improved.
 (E2)成分は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 (E2)成分としては、合成品が用いられてもよいし、市販品が用いられてもよい。
 (E2)成分の市販品としては、例えば炭素数4~12の炭化水素とマレイン酸との共重合体及びその塩から選択される1種以上については、日本ゼオン株式会社製の商品名「クインフロー540(ナトリウム塩)」、「クインフロー542(ナトリウム塩)」、「クインフロー543(アンモニウム塩)」、「クインフロー640(ナトリウム塩)」;BASF社製の商品名「Sokalan CP9(ナトリウム塩)」などが挙げられる。
 アクリル酸-マレイン酸共重合体及びその塩から選択される1種以上については、BASF社製の商品名「Sokalan CP7(ナトリウム塩)」;株式会社日本触媒製の商品名「アクアリックTL-400(ナトリウム塩)」などが挙げられる。
(E2) component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
As the (E2) component, a synthetic product or a commercially available product may be used.
Commercially available products of component (E2) include, for example, one or more selected from copolymers of hydrocarbons having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and maleic acid and salts thereof. Flow 540 (sodium salt)", "Quinflow 542 (sodium salt)", "Quinflow 543 (ammonium salt)", "Quinflow 640 (sodium salt)"; trade name "Sokalan CP9 (sodium salt)" manufactured by BASF )” and the like.
For one or more selected from acrylic acid-maleic acid copolymers and salts thereof, trade name "Sokalan CP7 (sodium salt)" manufactured by BASF; trade name "Aqualic TL-400" manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. (sodium salt)” and the like.
 (E2)成分の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.01~5質量%が好ましく、0.1~4質量%がより好ましく、1~3質量%がさらに好ましい。(E2)成分の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、黄ばみに対する洗浄力がより良好となる。(E2)成分の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤の流動性が良好となる。 The content of component (E2) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 4% by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 3% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. (E2) If the content of the component is at least the above lower limit, the detergency against yellowing will be better. (E2) If the content of the component is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the fluidity of the liquid detergent will be good.
 (E)成分としては、黄ばみに対する洗浄性能、液体洗浄剤の流動性が特に優れる観点から、(E1)成分が好ましい。(E1)成分の中でも、上記一般式(7)で表されるポリエチレンイミンのエチレンオキシド付加体が特に好ましい。 The (E) component is preferably the (E1) component from the viewpoint of particularly excellent cleaning performance against yellowing and fluidity of the liquid detergent. Among the components (E1), the ethylene oxide adduct of polyethyleneimine represented by the general formula (7) is particularly preferred.
 (E)成分の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.02~10質量%が好ましく、0.2~8質量%がより好ましく、1~6質量%がさらに好ましい。(E)成分の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、黄ばみに対する洗浄力がより良好となる。(E)成分の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤の流動性が良好となる。 The content of component (E) is preferably 0.02 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 8% by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 6% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. (E) If the content of the component is at least the above lower limit, the detergency against yellowing will be better. (E) If content of a component is below the said upper limit, the fluidity|liquidity of a liquid cleaning agent will become favorable.
 (A)成分及び(E)成分の含有量の合計は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.07~15質量%が好ましく、0.3~10質量%がより好ましく、1.1~7質量%がさらに好ましく、2~5質量%が特に好ましい。(A)成分及び(E)成分の含有量の合計が上記下限値以上であれば、黄ばみに対する洗浄力がより良好となる。(A)成分及び(E)成分の含有量の合計が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤の外観安定性が良好となる。 The total content of components (A) and (E) is preferably 0.07 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1.1 to 1.1%, based on the total mass of the liquid detergent. 7% by mass is more preferred, and 2 to 5% by mass is particularly preferred. If the total content of the component (A) and the component (E) is at least the above lower limit, the detergency against yellowing will be better. If the total content of the component (A) and the component (E) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the appearance stability of the liquid detergent will be good.
 (E)成分の質量に対する(A)成分の質量比、すなわち、(A)成分/(E)成分で表される質量比(A/E比)は、0.005~50が好ましく、0.05~20がより好ましく、0.1~10がさらに好ましく、0.1~5が特に好ましく、0.1~1が最も好ましい。A/E比が上記下限値以上であれば、黄ばみに対する洗浄力がより良好となる。A/E比が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤の流動性が良好となる。 The mass ratio of component (A) to the mass of component (E), that is, the mass ratio (A/E ratio) represented by component (A)/component (E) is preferably 0.005 to 50, and 0.005 to 50. 05 to 20 are more preferred, 0.1 to 10 are more preferred, 0.1 to 5 are particularly preferred, and 0.1 to 1 are most preferred. If the A/E ratio is at least the above lower limit, the detergency against yellowing will be better. If the A/E ratio is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the fluidity of the liquid detergent will be good.
<(F)成分>
 (F)成分は、構造化剤である。
 液体洗浄剤が(F)成分を含むことで液体洗浄剤が構造化する。よって、液体洗浄剤が不溶粒子(例えば上述した(D2)成分)を含有する場合、不溶粒子の分散安定性を高め、液体洗浄剤中に不溶粒子を均一に分散でき、その状態を良好に維持できる。
 なお、本明細書において「構造化」とは、力が加わる前後において、粘度が変化する状態をいう。
<(F) Component>
(F) Component is a structuring agent.
The liquid detergent is structured by containing the component (F). Therefore, when the liquid detergent contains insoluble particles (for example, the above-described component (D2)), the dispersion stability of the insoluble particles can be enhanced, the insoluble particles can be uniformly dispersed in the liquid detergent, and the state can be maintained satisfactorily. can.
In this specification, the term “structured” refers to a state in which the viscosity changes before and after force is applied.
 構造化剤としては、例えば細菌セルロース、非細菌セルロース、下記化合物(8)などが挙げられる。
 構造化剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
Structuring agents include, for example, bacterial cellulose, non-bacterial cellulose, and the following compound (8).
A structuring agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
 細菌セルロースは、Acetobacter属の細菌の発酵によって生成されたセルロースである。
 細菌セルロースとしては、水に不溶性である繊維が網状に分枝し、相互に噛み合ってネットワークを形成している、いわゆる網目状細菌セルロースなどが挙げられる。
Bacterial cellulose is cellulose produced by fermentation of bacteria of the genus Acetobacter.
Examples of bacterial cellulose include so-called mesh-like bacterial cellulose, in which water-insoluble fibers are branched into a network and mesh with each other to form a network.
 細菌セルロースの少なくとも一部は、増粘剤で被覆あるいは混合されていてもよい。
 増粘剤としては、例えばカルボキシメチルセルロース(CMC)、変性CMC、キサンタン生成物、ペクチン、アルギン酸塩、ジェランガム、ウェランガム、ダイユータンガム、ラムサンガム、カラゲナン、グアーガム、寒天、アラビアゴム、ガティガム、カラヤガム、トラガカントゴム、タマリンドガム、ローカストビーンガムなどが挙げられる。
 増粘剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
At least part of the bacterial cellulose may be coated or mixed with a thickening agent.
Thickeners include, for example, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), modified CMC, xanthan products, pectin, alginates, gellan gum, welan gum, diutan gum, rhamsan gum, carrageenan, guar gum, agar, gum arabic, ghatti gum, karaya gum, tragacanth gum, Examples include tamarind gum and locust bean gum.
A thickener may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
 細菌セルロースとしては市販品を用いることでき、例えばCPKelco U.S.社製の商品名「CELLULON(登録商標)」などが挙げられる。 Commercially available products can be used as the bacterial cellulose, such as CPKelco U.S.A. S. company's product name "CELLULON (registered trademark)".
 非細菌セルロースは、野菜、果物、木材から得られるセルロースであり、セルロース繊維とも呼ばれる。 Non-bacterial cellulose is cellulose obtained from vegetables, fruits, and wood, and is also called cellulose fiber.
 非細菌セルロースとしては市販品を用いることでき、例えばFMC社製の商品名「Avicel(登録商標)」、Fiberstar社製の商品名「Citri-Fi」、Cosun社製の商品名「Betafib」などが挙げられる。 As the non-bacterial cellulose, commercially available products can be used, for example, the trade name "Avicel (registered trademark)" manufactured by FMC, the trade name "Citri-Fi" manufactured by Fiberstar, the trade name "Betafib" manufactured by Cosun, etc. mentioned.
 化合物(8)は、下記一般式(8)で表される化合物(トリグリセリド成分)である。 The compound (8) is a compound (triglyceride component) represented by the following general formula (8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式(8)中、Z~Zはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、又はカルボキシ基である。Z~Zは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 式(8)中、a+b=7~19、c+d=7~19、及びe+f=7~19であり、好ましくはa+b=11~15、c+d=11~15、及びe+f=11~15であり、より好ましくはa+b=13~15、c+d=13~15、及びe+f=13~15である。a+b、c+d、e+fがそれぞれ7以上であれば、疎水基部分の体積が十分に嵩高くなり、塗布洗浄力が高くなる。一方、a+b、c+d、及びe+fがそれぞれ19以下であれば、疎水基部分の体積が嵩高くなることの固化性のリスクが低減する。
In formula (8), Z 1 to Z 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or a carboxy group. Z 1 to Z 3 may be the same or different.
In formula (8), a + b = 7 to 19, c + d = 7 to 19, and e + f = 7 to 19, preferably a + b = 11 to 15, c + d = 11 to 15, and e + f = 11 to 15, More preferably, a+b=13-15, c+d=13-15, and e+f=13-15. When each of a+b, c+d, and e+f is 7 or more, the volume of the hydrophobic group portion becomes sufficiently bulky, and the coating detergency becomes high. On the other hand, if each of a+b, c+d, and e+f is 19 or less, the risk of solidification due to bulkiness of the hydrophobic group portion is reduced.
 化合物(8)としては、Z~Zがヒドロキシ基である化合物(8-1)、Z~Zが水素原子である化合物(8-2)等が挙げられる。
 化合物(8-1)としては特に硬化ヒマシ油が好ましく、また化合物(8-2)としては特に硬化パーム油が好ましい。
 硬化ヒマシ油としては、ヒドロキシル基を組み込む炭素数10~22アルキル又はアルケニル部分を含むグリセリド、特にトリグリセリドを挙げることができ、具体的には、トリヒドロキシステアリン、ジヒドロキシステアリンなどが挙げられる。
 硬化ヒマシ油は、ヒマシ油を水素化して、出発油中にリシノレイル部分として存在し得る二重結合を変換することで得られる。二重結合の変換により、リシノレイル部分は、飽和ヒドロキシアルキル部分、例えば、ヒドロキシステアリルに変換される。
 硬化ヒマシ油は、固形の状態、溶融物の状態、又はこれらの混合物の状態で用いることができるが、これらに限定されない任意の好適な出発形態で加工することができる。
Examples of compound (8) include compound (8-1) in which Z 1 to Z 3 are hydroxy groups, compound (8-2) in which Z 1 to Z 3 are hydrogen atoms, and the like.
Hydrogenated castor oil is particularly preferred as compound (8-1), and hydrogenated palm oil is particularly preferred as compound (8-2).
Hydrogenated castor oils may include glycerides, especially triglycerides, containing alkyl or alkenyl moieties with 10 to 22 carbon atoms incorporating hydroxyl groups, specifically trihydroxystearin, dihydroxystearin, and the like.
Hydrogenated castor oil is obtained by hydrogenating castor oil to convert double bonds that may be present as ricinoleyl moieties in the starting oil. Transformation of the double bond converts the ricinoleyl moiety to a saturated hydroxyalkyl moiety such as hydroxystearyl.
Hydrogenated castor oil can be processed in any suitable starting form, including, but not limited to, which can be used in the solid state, the melt state, or mixtures thereof.
 硬化ヒマシ油としては市販品を用いることでき、例えばRheox,Inc.製の商品名「THIXCIN(登録商標)」、日油株式会社製の商品名「カスターワックス A フレーク」などが挙げられる。
 硬化パーム油としては市販品を用いることでき、例えば新日本理化株式会社製の商品名「パーム極度硬化油A」などが挙げられる。
As hydrogenated castor oil, commercially available products can be used, for example, Rheox, Inc.; product name "THIXCIN (registered trademark)" manufactured by NOF Corporation, and product name "Caster Wax A Flake" manufactured by NOF Corporation.
As the hardened palm oil, commercially available products can be used.
 (F)成分としては、(D2)成分等の不溶粒子の分散安定性を高める効果を少量でも充分に発揮できること、透明性の高い液体外観が得やすいことから、細菌セルロース、非細菌セルロースが好ましく、細菌セルロースがより好ましい。 As the component (F), bacterial cellulose and non-bacterial cellulose are preferable because even a small amount thereof can sufficiently exhibit the effect of enhancing the dispersion stability of insoluble particles such as the component (D2), and a highly transparent liquid appearance can be easily obtained. , bacterial cellulose is more preferred.
 (F)成分の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.02~2質量%が好ましく、0.04~1.5質量%がより好ましく、0.05~1質量%がさらに好ましい。
 また、例えば(F)成分として、市販品である「CELLULON(登録商標)」等の細菌セルロース製剤を使用する場合、(F)成分の含有量は商品の有り姿(有姿)の含有量として、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して1~10質量%が好ましく、2~8質量%がより好ましく、2.5~7質量%がさらに好ましい。
 ここで、「商品の有り姿の含有量」とは、商品中に含まれる水分等を含めた商品そのものの含有量のことをいう。
 (F)成分の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、(D2)成分等の不溶粒子の分散安定性がより高まる。(F)成分の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、液体洗浄剤の粘度がより低くなり、使用性や液安定性がより高まる。
The content of component (F) is preferably 0.02 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.04 to 1.5% by mass, and further preferably 0.05 to 1% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. preferable.
Further, for example, when using a commercially available bacterial cellulose preparation such as "CELLULON (registered trademark)" as the component (F), the content of the component (F) is the actual content of the product. , preferably 1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2 to 8% by mass, and even more preferably 2.5 to 7% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
Here, the "content of the product as it is" means the content of the product itself, including the water contained in the product.
If the content of the component (F) is at least the above lower limit, the dispersion stability of the insoluble particles such as the component (D2) is enhanced. If the content of the component (F) is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the viscosity of the liquid detergent becomes lower, and usability and liquid stability are further enhanced.
<任意成分>
 任意成分としては、(D)成分以外のビルダー成分、キレート剤、pH調整剤、減粘剤及び可溶化剤、酵素、抗菌剤、(F)成分以外の増粘剤、(D)成分以外のアルカリ剤、高級脂肪酸又はその塩、防腐剤、酸化防止剤、無機還元剤、酵素安定化剤、風合い向上剤、移染防止剤、(E)成分以外の再汚染防止剤、着色剤、乳濁化剤、着香剤、変色防止剤、ハイドロトロープ剤、漂白剤、パール剤、天然物等のエキスなどが挙げられる。
 任意成分は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
<Optional component>
Optional components include builder components other than component (D), chelating agents, pH adjusters, viscosity reducers and solubilizers, enzymes, antibacterial agents, thickeners other than component (F), and Alkali agent, higher fatty acid or its salt, preservative, antioxidant, inorganic reducing agent, enzyme stabilizer, texture improver, dye transfer inhibitor, anti-soil redeposition agent other than component (E), coloring agent, emulsion agents, flavoring agents, anti-tarnishing agents, hydrotropic agents, bleaching agents, pearl agents, extracts of natural products, and the like.
Optional components may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 (D)成分以外のビルダー成分(以下、「他のビルダー成分」ともいう。)としては、例えば塩化ナトリウム、塩化カリウム、硫酸ナトリウム、硫酸カリウム、亜硫酸ナトリウム、亜硫酸カリウム、亜硫酸水素ナトリウム、塩化アンモニウム、硫酸アンモニウム、四ホウ酸ナトリウム、ピロリン酸ナトリウム、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、アルミノケイ酸塩(例えばゼオライト等)などが挙げられる。
 他のビルダー成分は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 他のビルダー成分は、液体洗浄剤に溶けていてもよいし、固体の状態で存在してもよい。
 他のビルダー成分の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して20質量%以下が好ましく、0.5~10質量%がより好ましい。
Builder components other than component (D) (hereinafter also referred to as "other builder components") include, for example, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium sulfate, potassium sulfate, sodium sulfite, potassium sulfite, sodium hydrogensulfite, ammonium chloride, ammonium sulfate, sodium tetraborate, sodium pyrophosphate, sodium tripolyphosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, aluminosilicates (eg, zeolite, etc.);
Other builder components may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
Other builder components may be dissolved in the liquid detergent or present in solid form.
The content of other builder components is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, based on the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 キレート剤としては、例えば3~4価のカルボン酸基又はその塩を有するキレート剤が好ましい。その具体例としては、クエン酸又はその塩、アミノカルボン酸系キレート剤又はその塩が挙げられる。アミノカルボン酸とは、1分子中に1~3級のアミノ基と、カルボキシル基とを、それぞれ少なくとも1個ずつ含む化合物をいい、アミノカルボン酸系キレート剤とはアミノカルボン酸であるキレート剤をいう。
 アミノカルボン酸系キレート剤は、洗浄剤の分野で公知のものを使用できる。具体例としては、メチルグリシンジ酢酸(MGDA)、メチルグリシンジ酢酸塩、L-グルタミン酸ジ酢酸(GLDA)、L-グルタミン酸ジ酢酸塩、ジエチレントリアミン5酢酸(DTPA)、ジエチレントリアミン5酢酸塩、エチレンジアミンコハク酸(EDDS)、エチレンジアミンコハク酸塩、3-ヒドロキシ-2,2’-イミノジコハク酸(HIDS)、3-ヒドロキシ-2,2’-イミノジコハク酸塩、L-アスパラギン酸-N,N-2酢酸(ASDA)、L-アスパラギン酸-N,N-2酢酸塩などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、クエン酸又はその塩、MGDA又はその塩が好ましく、メチルグリシンジ酢酸3ナトリウムがより好ましい。
 キレート剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 キレート剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.01質量%以上が好ましく、0.05質量%以上がより好ましい。0.1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。キレート剤の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、洗浄力向上効果、液安定性の向上効果、変色防止効果が充分に得られやすい。
As the chelating agent, for example, a chelating agent having a tri- or tetravalent carboxylic acid group or a salt thereof is preferred. Specific examples include citric acid or its salts, aminocarboxylic acid-based chelating agents or its salts. Aminocarboxylic acid refers to a compound containing at least one primary to tertiary amino group and at least one carboxyl group in one molecule, and an aminocarboxylic acid-based chelating agent is a chelating agent that is an aminocarboxylic acid. say.
Aminocarboxylic acid-based chelating agents that are known in the field of detergents can be used. Specific examples include methylglycine diacetate (MGDA), methylglycine diacetate, L-glutamic acid diacetic acid (GLDA), L-glutamic acid diacetate, diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid (DTPA), diethylenetriamine pentaacetate, and ethylenediamine succinic acid. (EDDS), ethylenediamine succinate, 3-hydroxy-2,2'-iminodisuccinic acid (HIDS), 3-hydroxy-2,2'-iminodisuccinate, L-aspartic acid-N,N-2 acetic acid (ASDA ), L-aspartic acid-N,N-2 acetate and the like. Among these, citric acid or its salts, MGDA or its salts are preferred, and trisodium methylglycine diacetate is more preferred.
A chelating agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
The content of the chelating agent is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. 0.1% by mass or more is more preferable. If the content of the chelating agent is at least the above lower limit, the detergency improving effect, liquid stability improving effect, and discoloration preventing effect can be sufficiently obtained.
 pH調整剤としては、例えば水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等のアルカリ金属水酸化物:アルギニン、リジン等の塩基性アミノ酸:アンモニア;硫酸、塩酸、リン酸、クエン酸等の酸剤などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、水酸化ナトリウム、硫酸、塩酸が好ましい。
 pH調整剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 pH調整剤の添加量は、液体洗浄剤を所定のpHに調整する量を適宜設定すればよい。
Examples of pH adjusters include alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide; basic amino acids such as arginine and lysine; ammonia; acid agents such as sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, and citric acid. . Among these, sodium hydroxide, sulfuric acid and hydrochloric acid are preferred.
The pH adjusters may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The amount of the pH adjuster to be added may be appropriately set so as to adjust the pH of the liquid detergent to a predetermined value.
 減粘剤及び可溶化剤としては、例えば芳香族スルホン酸又はその塩が挙げられる。具体的には、トルエンスルホン酸、キシレンスルホン酸、クメンスルホン酸、置換もしくは非置換ナフタレンスルホン酸又はこれらの塩が挙げられる。芳香族スルホン酸の塩としては、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、又はアルカノールアミン塩などが挙げられる。
 減粘剤及び可溶化剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 減粘剤及び可溶化剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.1~15質量%が好ましい。
Viscosity reducers and solubilizers include, for example, aromatic sulfonic acids or salts thereof. Specific examples include toluenesulfonic acid, xylenesulfonic acid, cumenesulfonic acid, substituted or unsubstituted naphthalenesulfonic acid, and salts thereof. Salts of aromatic sulfonic acids include sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, alkanolamine salts, and the like.
The viscosity reducers and solubilizers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the viscosity reducer and the solubilizer is preferably 0.1 to 15% by weight with respect to the total weight of the liquid detergent.
 液体洗浄剤が酵素を含有していれば、皮脂汚れ、タンパク汚れ、食べこぼし汚れに対する洗浄力がより高まる。
 ここで、酵素とは、酵素製剤のことを意味する。
 酵素として、液体の酵素製剤を使用してもよいし、固体(顆粒状)の酵素製剤を使用してもよい。固体の酵素製剤を使用する場合、その一部、あるいは全量が液体洗浄剤中に固体の状態で存在することが、酵素の安定性の点で好ましい。
If the liquid detergent contains an enzyme, the cleaning power against sebum stains, protein stains, and spilled food stains is enhanced.
Here, the enzyme means an enzyme preparation.
As the enzyme, a liquid enzyme preparation may be used, or a solid (granular) enzyme preparation may be used. When a solid enzyme preparation is used, it is preferred that a part or the whole of it is present in the liquid detergent in a solid state from the viewpoint of enzyme stability.
 酵素としては、例えばプロテアーゼ、アミラーゼ、リパーゼ、セルラーゼ、マンナナーゼなどが挙げられる。
 プロテアーゼとしては、プロテアーゼ製剤としてノボザイムズ社から入手できる商品名Savinase16L、Savinase Ultra 16L、Savinase Ultra 16XL、Savinase Evity 16L、Everlase 16L TypeEX、Everlase Ultra 16L、Esperase 8L、Alcalase 2.5L、Alcalase Ultra 2.5L、Liquanase 2.5L、Liquanase Ultra 2.5L、Liquanase Ultra 2.5XL、Coronase 48L、Progress Uno 100L、Deozyme、Savinase Evity 12T、Kannase Evity 24T;デュポン社から入手できる商品名EFFECTENZ P150、EFFECTENZ P100、PREFERENZ P100などが挙げられる。
 アミラーゼとしては、アミラーゼ製剤としてノボザイムズ社から入手できる商品名Termamyl 300L、Termamyl Ultra 300L、Duramyl 300L、Stainzyme 12L、Stainzyme Plus 12L、Amplify 12L、Amplify Prime 100L、Stainzyme Plus 12T;デュポン社から入手できる商品名EFFECTENZ S100;天野エンザイム株式会社から入手できる商品名プルラナーゼアマノ;生化学工業株式会社から入手できる商品名DB-250などが挙げられる。
 リパーゼとしては、リパーゼ製剤としてノボザイムズ社から入手できる商品名Lipex 100L、Lipolase 100L、Lipex 100Tなどが挙げられる。
 セルラーゼとして、セルラーゼ製剤としてノボザイムズ社から入手できる商品名Endolase 5000L、Celluzyme 0.4L、Carezyme 4500L、Celluclean 4500T、デュポン社から入手できる商品名REVITALENTZ 2000などが挙げられる。
 マンナナーゼとしては、マンナナーゼ製剤としてノボザイムズ社から入手できる商品名Mannaway 4L、Mannaway 4.0Tなどが挙げられる。
 酵素が2種以上配合されたマルチ酵素としては、Medley Core 210L、Medley Core 200L、Medley Boost 300L、Medley Advance 200T、Medley Glow 200L、Medley Brilliant 100L、Medley Essential 150L、Medley Core 200T、Medley CleanR、Medley Essential 200T、Medley SmartR、Medley Advance 200T、Medley Boost 200L、Medley Boost 200T、Medley SuperioR 100Tなどが挙げられる。
 酵素は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
Examples of enzymes include protease, amylase, lipase, cellulase, mannanase and the like.
As the protease, trade names Savinase 16L, Savinase Ultra 16L, Savinase Ultra 16XL, Savinase Evity 16L, Everlase 16L TypeEX, Everlase Ultra 16L, Esperase 5L, Alcalase 5L, 2L, Alcalase, 2L, Alcalase, 2L, 2L, Alcalase, 16XL, Savinase Evity 16L, Savinase Ultra 16XL, Savinase Evity 16L, and Alcalase are available as protease preparations from Novozymes. Liquanase 2.5L、Liquanase Ultra 2.5L、Liquanase Ultra 2.5XL、Coronase 48L、Progress Uno 100L、Deozyme、Savinase Evity 12T、Kannase Evity 24T;デュポン社から入手できる商品名EFFECTENZ P150、EFFECTENZ P100、PREFERENZ P100などis mentioned.
アミラーゼとしては、アミラーゼ製剤としてノボザイムズ社から入手できる商品名Termamyl 300L、Termamyl Ultra 300L、Duramyl 300L、Stainzyme 12L、Stainzyme Plus 12L、Amplify 12L、Amplify Prime 100L、Stainzyme Plus 12T;デュポン社から入手できる商品名EFFECTENZ S100; trade name pullulanase Amano available from Amano Enzyme Co.; trade name DB-250 available from Seikagaku Corporation;
Examples of lipase include Lipex 100L, Lipolase 100L, Lipex 100T (trade names) available from Novozymes as lipase preparations.
Examples of cellulase include Endolase 5000L, Celluzyme 0.4L, Carezyme 4500L and Celluclean 4500T available from Novozymes as cellulase preparations, and REVITALENTZ 2000 available from DuPont.
Examples of mannanase include Mannaway 4L, Mannaway 4.0T and the like available from Novozymes as mannanase preparations.
酵素が2種以上配合されたマルチ酵素としては、Medley Core 210L、Medley Core 200L、Medley Boost 300L、Medley Advance 200T、Medley Glow 200L、Medley Brilliant 100L、Medley Essential 150L、Medley Core 200T、Medley CleanR、Medley Essential 200T, Medley SmartR, Medley Advance 200T, Medley Boost 200L, Medley Boost 200T, Medley SuperioR 100T and the like.
An enzyme may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
 酵素の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.1~5質量%が好ましく、0.3~3質量%がより好ましく、0.4~2.5質量%がさらに好ましい。酵素の含有量が上記範囲内であれば、洗浄力がより高まり、経済的にも有利となる。 The content of the enzyme is preferably 0.1-5% by mass, more preferably 0.3-3% by mass, and even more preferably 0.4-2.5% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. If the content of the enzyme is within the above range, the detergency will be enhanced and it will be economically advantageous.
 抗菌剤としては、例えばダイクロサン、トリクロサン、イソプロピルメチルフェノール、ポリリジン、ポリヘキサメチレンビグアニドなどが挙げられる。これらの中でも、ジフェニル構造を有する抗菌剤が好ましく、ダイクロサン、トリクロサンがより好ましい。
 抗菌剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 抗菌剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.001~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~3質量%がより好ましく、0.03~2質量%がさらに好ましい。
Antibacterial agents include, for example, diclosan, triclosan, isopropylmethylphenol, polylysine, polyhexamethylenebiguanide, and the like. Among these, antibacterial agents having a diphenyl structure are preferred, and diclosan and triclosan are more preferred.
One type of antibacterial agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
The content of the antibacterial agent is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, even more preferably 0.03 to 2% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 通常、液体洗浄剤にダイクロサン、トリクロサンなどのジフェニル構造を有する抗菌剤を含有すると、液体洗浄剤が光に曝された時に着色しやすくなり、特に液体洗浄剤のpHが高い場合に着色が顕著になる傾向にある。
 しかし、液体洗浄剤が(A)成分を含んでいれば、液体洗浄剤に当たった光を(A)成分が吸収することで、フェニル基間に生じる反応が抑制され、光に対する安定性が向上し、液体洗浄剤が光に曝されたときの着色を抑制できると考えられる。
 ジフェニル構造を有する抗菌剤の質量に対する(A)成分の質量比、すなわち、(A)成分/ジフェニル構造を有する抗菌剤で表される質量比(以下、「A/抗菌剤比」ともいう。)は、0.1~60が好ましく、0.25~60がより好ましく、1~30がさらに好ましく、1~10が特に好ましく、1~5が最も好ましいA/抗菌剤比が上記下限値以上であれば、液体洗浄剤の光に対する安定性がより向上し、光に曝されたときの着色をより抑制できる。A/抗菌剤比が上記上限値以下であれば、充分な抗菌効果が得られやすい。
In general, if a liquid detergent contains an antibacterial agent having a diphenyl structure such as diclosan or triclosan, the liquid detergent tends to be colored when exposed to light, especially when the pH of the liquid detergent is high. tends to be
However, if the liquid detergent contains the component (A), the component (A) absorbs the light that hits the liquid detergent, thereby suppressing the reaction occurring between the phenyl groups and improving the stability against light. It is believed that the coloration of the liquid detergent when exposed to light can be suppressed.
The mass ratio of component (A) to the mass of the antibacterial agent having a diphenyl structure, that is, the mass ratio represented by component (A)/antibacterial agent having a diphenyl structure (hereinafter also referred to as "A/antibacterial agent ratio"). is preferably 0.1 to 60, more preferably 0.25 to 60, more preferably 1 to 30, particularly preferably 1 to 10, most preferably 1 to 5. If there is, the stability of the liquid detergent against light is further improved, and coloration when exposed to light can be further suppressed. If the A/antibacterial agent ratio is equal to or less than the above upper limit, a sufficient antibacterial effect is likely to be obtained.
 (F)成分以外の増粘剤(以下、「他の増粘剤」ともいう。)としては、例えばアクリル系ポリマー、キサンタンガム、ガラギーナンなどが挙げられる。
 アクリル系ポリマーの市販品としては、例えばLubrizol社製のCarbopol(登録商標)シリーズ等が挙げられる。Carbopolシリーズとしては、例えばCarbopol ETD 2623、Carbopol EZ3、Carbopol EZ4、Carbopol Ultrez20、Carbopol Ultrez21、Carbopol Aqua 30などが挙げられる。
 他の増粘剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 他の増粘剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して6質量%以下が好ましく、0.2~4質量%がより好ましい。
Examples of thickeners other than component (F) (hereinafter also referred to as “other thickeners”) include acrylic polymers, xanthan gum, and galageenan.
Examples of commercially available acrylic polymers include the Carbopol (registered trademark) series manufactured by Lubrizol. The Carbopol series includes, for example, Carbopol ETD 2623, Carbopol EZ3, Carbopol EZ4, Carbopol Ultrez20, Carbopol Ultrez21, Carbopol Aqua 30 and the like.
Other thickeners may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of other thickening agents is preferably 6% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2 to 4% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 (D)成分以外のアルカリ剤(以下、「他のアルカリ剤」ともいう。)としては、例えばモノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、2-アミノ-2-メチル-1-プロパノール、2-アミノ-2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、イソプロパノールアミン、ジイソプロパノールアミン等のアルカノールアミンなどが挙げられる。これらの中でも、モノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、イソプロパノールアミン、ジイソプロパノールアミンが好ましい。
 他のアルカリ剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 他のアルカリ剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して3~8質量%が好ましく、4~6質量%がより好ましい。
 なお、他のアルカリ剤は、pH調整剤として用いてもよい。
Examples of alkaline agents other than component (D) (hereinafter also referred to as “other alkaline agents”) include monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol, 2-amino Alkanolamine such as 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, isopropanolamine and diisopropanolamine. Among these, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, isopropanolamine, and diisopropanolamine are preferred.
Other alkaline agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the other alkaline agents is preferably 3-8% by mass, more preferably 4-6% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
In addition, you may use another alkaline agent as a pH adjuster.
 液体洗浄剤が高級脂肪酸又はその塩を含有していれば、消泡性が高まる。なお、「消泡性」とは、液体洗浄剤を用いて洗濯する際、具体的には液体洗浄剤が水道水等で希釈されて使用されるときの泡立ちを抑える性質のことである。
 高級脂肪酸又はその塩としては、例えばカプリル酸、カプリン酸、ラウリン酸、ミリスチン酸、パルミチン酸、ステアリン酸、イソステアリン酸、ヒドロキシステアリン酸、オレイン酸、ベヘン酸等の単一脂肪酸又はその塩;ヤシ油脂肪酸、牛脂脂肪酸等の混合脂肪酸又はその塩などが挙げられる。
 高級脂肪酸としては、ラウリン酸、ミリスチン酸、パルミチン酸、ヤシ油脂肪酸が好ましく、ヤシ油脂肪酸がより好ましい。
 高級脂肪酸の塩の形態としては、例えばアルカリ金属塩(ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等)、アルカリ土類金属塩(マグネシウム塩等)、アルカノールアミン塩(モノエタノールアミン塩、ジエタノールアミン塩等)などが挙げられる。
 高級脂肪酸又はその塩は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 高級脂肪酸又はその塩の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.5~10質量%が好ましく、2~8質量%がより好ましく、3~5質量%がさらに好ましい。高級脂肪酸又はその塩の含有量が上記下限値以上であれば、消泡性が高まる。高級脂肪酸又はその塩の含有量が上記上限値以下であれば、低温時の液安定性が向上する。
If the liquid detergent contains a higher fatty acid or its salt, the antifoaming property will be enhanced. The term "antifoaming" refers to the property of suppressing foaming when washing with a liquid detergent, specifically when the liquid detergent is diluted with tap water or the like.
Higher fatty acids or salts thereof include single fatty acids or salts thereof such as caprylic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, isostearic acid, hydroxystearic acid, oleic acid, behenic acid; Fatty acids, mixed fatty acids such as beef tallow fatty acids, salts thereof, and the like are included.
Preferred higher fatty acids are lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid and coconut oil fatty acid, and more preferred is coconut oil fatty acid.
Salt forms of higher fatty acids include, for example, alkali metal salts (sodium salts, potassium salts, etc.), alkaline earth metal salts (magnesium salts, etc.), and alkanolamine salts (monoethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, etc.). .
Higher fatty acids or salts thereof may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the higher fatty acid or its salt is preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2 to 8% by mass, still more preferably 3 to 5% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. If the content of the higher fatty acid or salt thereof is at least the above lower limit, antifoaming properties are enhanced. If the content of the higher fatty acid or salt thereof is equal to or less than the above upper limit, liquid stability at low temperatures is improved.
 防腐剤としては、例えば2-ブロモ-2-ニトロプロパン-1,3-ジオール、3-ヨードプロピニルブチルカーバメート、ジンクピリチオン、ナトリウムピリチオン、オクチルイソチアゾリン-3-オン、1,2-ベンゾイソチアゾリン-3-オン(BIT)、5-クロロ-2-メチルイソチアゾリン-3-オン(CMIT)、2-メチルイソチアゾリン-3-オン(MIT)、エトキシル化ココアミン、オクタンジオール、ベンジルアルコール、フェノキシエタノール、安息香酸ナトリウムなどが挙げられる。
 防腐剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 防腐剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して、0.001~2質量%が好ましい。
Examples of antiseptics include 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, 3-iodopropynylbutylcarbamate, zinc pyrithione, sodium pyrithione, octylisothiazolin-3-one, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one. (BIT), 5-chloro-2-methylisothiazolin-3-one (CMIT), 2-methylisothiazolin-3-one (MIT), ethoxylated cocoamine, octanediol, benzyl alcohol, phenoxyethanol, sodium benzoate, and the like. be done.
The preservatives may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the preservative is preferably 0.001 to 2% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 液体洗浄剤が酸化防止剤を含有していれば、液体洗浄剤を収容する容器のヘッドスペース中の酸素の吸収を抑制できる。加えて、光や熱による退色、変色を抑制できる。
 酸化防止剤としては、例えばジブチルヒドロキシトルエン、ブチルヒドロキシアニソール等のモノフェノール系酸化防止剤;2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール等のビスフェノール系酸化防止剤;dl-α-トコフェロール等の高分子型フェノール系酸化防止剤などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、モノフェノール系酸化防止剤、高分子型酸化防止剤が好ましい。モノフェノール系酸化防止剤の中では、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエンが特に好ましい。高分子型フェノール系酸化防止剤の中では、dl-α-トコフェロールが特に好ましい。
 酸化防止剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 酸化防止剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.01~2質量%が好ましい。
If the liquid detergent contains an antioxidant, oxygen absorption in the headspace of the container containing the liquid detergent can be suppressed. In addition, fading and discoloration due to light and heat can be suppressed.
Examples of antioxidants include monophenolic antioxidants such as dibutylhydroxytoluene and butylhydroxyanisole; bisphenolic antioxidants such as 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol; dl-α -polymeric phenolic antioxidants such as tocopherol, etc. Among these, monophenolic antioxidants and polymeric antioxidants are preferable.Among the monophenolic antioxidants, dibutylhydroxytoluene Among the polymeric phenolic antioxidants, dl-α-tocopherol is particularly preferred.
An antioxidant may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be combined and used.
The content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.01-2% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 液体洗浄剤が無機還元剤を含有していれば、光や熱による退色、変色を抑制できる。
 無機還元剤としては、例えば亜硫酸ナトリウム、亜硫酸カリウム等の亜硫酸塩;ピロ亜硫酸ナトリウム、ピロ亜硫酸カリウム等のピロ亜硫酸塩;亜硫酸水素ナトリウム、亜硫酸水素カリウム等の亜硫酸水素塩などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、液安定性に優れる観点から、亜硫酸ナトリウムが好ましい。
 無機還元剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 無機還元剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.01~3質量%が好ましく、0.02~1質量%がより好ましく、0.05~0.5質量%がさらに好ましい。無機還元剤の含有量が、上記下限値以上であれば光による着色を抑える効果が充分に得られやすく、上記上限値以下であれば液安定性が高まる。
If the liquid detergent contains an inorganic reducing agent, fading and discoloration due to light or heat can be suppressed.
Examples of the inorganic reducing agent include sulfites such as sodium sulfite and potassium sulfite; pyrosulfites such as sodium pyrosulfite and potassium pyrosulfite; and bisulfites such as sodium hydrogensulfite and potassium hydrogensulfite. Among these, sodium sulfite is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent liquid stability.
An inorganic reducing agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
The content of the inorganic reducing agent is preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 1% by mass, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. . If the content of the inorganic reducing agent is at least the above lower limit, the effect of suppressing coloration due to light can be sufficiently obtained, and if it is at most the above upper limit, the liquid stability is enhanced.
 酵素安定化剤としては、例えばホウ酸、ホウ砂、ギ酸又はその塩、乳酸又はその塩、塩化カルシウム、硫酸カルシウム等のカルシウム塩類などが挙げられる。
 酵素安定化剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 酵素安定化剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して2質量%以下が好ましい。
Enzyme stabilizers include, for example, boric acid, borax, formic acid or salts thereof, lactic acid or salts thereof, calcium salts such as calcium chloride and calcium sulfate.
An enzyme stabilizer may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
The content of the enzyme stabilizer is preferably 2% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 風合い向上剤としては、例えばジメチルシリコーン、ポリエーテル変性シリコーン、アミノ変性シリコーン等のシリコーンなどが挙げられる。
 風合い向上剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 風合い向上剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して5質量%以下が好ましい。
Examples of the texture improver include silicones such as dimethylsilicone, polyether-modified silicone and amino-modified silicone.
The texture improver may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the texture improver is preferably 5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 移染防止剤としては、例えばポリビニルピロリドン、カルボキシメチルセルロース、ポリアルキレンアミンなどが挙げられる。
 移染防止剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 移染防止剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して3質量%以下が好ましい。
Examples of dye transfer inhibitors include polyvinylpyrrolidone, carboxymethylcellulose, and polyalkyleneamine.
The dye transfer inhibitor may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the dye transfer inhibitor is preferably 3% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 (E)成分以外の再汚染防止剤(以下、「他の再汚染防止剤」ともいう。)としては、例えばアルキレンテレフタレート単位及びアルキレンイソフタレート単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位と、オキシアルキレン単位及びポリオキシアルキレン単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位とを有する水溶性ポリマーなどが挙げられる。このような水溶性ポリマーとしては、具体的に、商品名「TexCare SRN-100」(クラリアント社製、質量平均分子量2000~3000)、商品名「TexCare SRN-300」(クラリアント社製、質量平均分子量7000)、商品名「Repel-O-Tex Crystal」(ローディア社製)、商品名「Repel-O-Tex QC」(ローディア社製)などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、水への溶解性が高く、液安定性にも優れる点から、TexCare SRN-100が好ましい。また、取り扱い性に優れる点から、前記TexCare SRN-100の70%水溶液として市販されている商品名TexCare SRN-170(クラリアント社製)を他の再汚染防止剤として用いることが好ましい。
 他の再汚染防止剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 他の再汚染防止剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.01~5質量%が好ましい。
As the anti-soil redeposition agent other than the component (E) (hereinafter also referred to as "other anti-soil redeposition agent"), for example, at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of alkylene terephthalate units and alkylene isophthalate units and , and at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of oxyalkylene units and polyoxyalkylene units. Specific examples of such water-soluble polymers include the trade name “TexCare SRN-100” (manufactured by Clariant, weight average molecular weight 2000 to 3000), the trade name “TexCare SRN-300” (manufactured by Clariant, weight average molecular weight 7000), trade name “Repel-O-Tex Crystal” (manufactured by Rhodia), trade name “Repel-O-Tex QC” (manufactured by Rhodia), and the like. Among these, TexCare SRN-100 is preferred because of its high solubility in water and excellent liquid stability. Further, from the viewpoint of excellent handleability, it is preferable to use TexCare SRN-170 (manufactured by Clariant Co., Ltd.), which is commercially available as a 70% aqueous solution of TexCare SRN-100, as another anti-soil redeposition agent.
Other anti-soil redeposition agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of other anti-soil redeposition agents is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 着色剤としては特に限定されず、例えば「法定色素ハンドブック」(日本化粧品工業連合会)に記載の色素や、発色団の構造の末端に水溶性高分子等を化学的に修飾したものなどが挙げられる。具体的には、C.I.アシッドレッド138、C.I.アシッドレッド260、C.I.アシッドレッド106、アシッドイエロー203(黄色203号)、アシッドブルー9、青色1号、青色205号、緑色3号、Levanyl(登録商標) Violet(Levanyl(登録商標) バイオレット)、Liquitint(登録商標) BLUE SE(Liquitint(登録商標) ブルー SE)、Liquitint(登録商標) BLUE HP(Liquitint(登録商標) ブルー HP)、Liquitint(登録商標)BLUE MC(Liquitint(登録商標) ブルー MC)、Liquitint(登録商標) VIOLET CT(Liquitint(登録商標) バイオレット CT)、Liquitint(登録商標) VIOLET LS(Liquitint(登録商標) バイオレット LS)、Liquitint(登録商標) VIOLET DD(Liquitint(登録商標) バイオレット DD)、Liquitint(登録商標) GREEN SA(Liquitint(登録商標) グリーン SA)、Liquitint(登録商標) Bright Yellow(Liquitint(登録商標) ブライト イエロー)、Liquitint(登録商標)YELLOW SY(Liquitint(登録商標) イエロー SY)、Liquitint(登録商標)YELLOW LP(Liquitint(登録商標) イエロー LP)、Liquitint(登録商標)BRILLIANT ORANGE(Liquitint(登録商標)ブリリアント オレンジ)、Liquitint(登録商標) PINK AL(Liquitint(登録商標) ピンク AL)、Liquitint(登録商標) RED ST(Liquitint(登録商標) レッド ST)、Liquitint(登録商標) RED MX(Liquitint(登録商標) レッド MX)、C.I.77007(ピグメントブルー29、L-280 BLUE U)、C.I.74160(ピグメントブルー15)、C.I.77346(ピグメントブルー28)、C.I.77343(ピグメントブルー36)、C.I.74260(ピグメントグリーン7)、C.I.74265(ピグメントグリーン36)、WA-S カラー グリーン、C.I.21090(ピグメントイエロー12、黄色205号)、C.I.56110(ピグメントレッド254)、C.I.12490(ピグメントレッド5)、ラブラコール 040(F)レッド、PIGMOSOL(登録商標)等の汎用の色素や顔料などが挙げられる。なお、本明細書において、「C.I.」は、カラーインデックスの略である。
 着色剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 着色剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.00005~1.0質量%が好ましく、0.00005~0.01質量%がより好ましい。着色剤の含有量が、上記下限値以上であれば液体洗浄剤に充分に色を付けることができ、上記上限値以下であれば被洗物への色素沈着が起こりにくく、分散安定性に優れる液体洗浄剤が得られやすくなる。
The coloring agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include dyes described in "Legal Dyes Handbook" (Japan Cosmetic Industry Association) and those chemically modified with a water-soluble polymer or the like at the end of the chromophore structure. be done. Specifically, C.I. I. Acid Red 138, C.I. I. Acid Red 260, C.I. I. Acid Red 106, Acid Yellow 203 (Yellow No. 203), Acid Blue 9, Blue No. 1, Blue No. 205, Green No. 3, Levanyl® Violet (Levanyl® Violet), Liquitint® BLUE SE (Liquitint® Blue SE), Liquitint® BLUE HP (Liquitint® Blue HP), Liquitint® BLUE MC (Liquitint® Blue MC), Liquitint® VIOLET CT (Liquitint® Violet CT), Liquitint® VIOLET LS (Liquitint® Violet LS), Liquitint® VIOLET DD (Liquitint® Violet DD), Liquitint® ) GREEN SA (Liquitint (Registered Trademark) Green SA), Liquitint (Registered Trademark) Bright Yellow (Liquitint (Registered Trademark) Bright Yellow), Liquitint (Registered Trademark) YELLOW SY (Liquitint (Registered Trademark) Yellow SY), Liquitint (Registered Trademark) Trademark) YELLOW LP (Liquitint (registered trademark) yellow LP), Liquitint (registered trademark) BRILLIANT ORANGE (Liquitint (registered trademark) brilliant orange), Liquitint (registered trademark) PINK AL (Liquitint (registered trademark) pink AL), Liquitint (registered trademark) RED ST (Liquitint® Red ST), Liquitint® RED MX (Liquitint® Red MX), C.I. I. 77007 (Pigment Blue 29, L-280 BLUE U), C.I. I. 74160 (Pigment Blue 15), C.I. I. 77346 (Pigment Blue 28), C.I. I. 77343 (Pigment Blue 36), C.I. I. 74260 (Pigment Green 7), C.I. I. 74265 (Pigment Green 36), WA-S Color Green, C.I. I. 21090 (Pigment Yellow 12, Yellow No. 205), C.I. I. 56110 (Pigment Red 254), C.I. I. general-purpose dyes and pigments such as 12490 (Pigment Red 5), Labracor 040 (F) Red, and PIGMOSOL (registered trademark); In this specification, "C.I." is an abbreviation for color index.
Colorants may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the colorant is preferably 0.00005 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably 0.00005 to 0.01% by mass, relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent. If the content of the coloring agent is at least the above lower limit value, the liquid detergent can be sufficiently colored, and if it is at most the above upper limit value, pigmentation on the object to be washed is less likely to occur, resulting in excellent dispersion stability. It becomes easy to obtain a liquid detergent.
 乳濁化剤としては、例えばポリスチレンエマルション、ポリ酢酸ビニルエマルションなどが挙げられ、通常、固形分30~50質量%のエマルションが好適に用いられる。具体例としては、ポリスチレンエマルション(商品名:サイビノール(登録商標)RPX-196 PE-3、固形分40質量%、サイデン化学株式会社製)、Opulyn 301、Acusol OP 301などが挙げられる。
 乳濁化剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 乳濁化剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.001~0.5質量%が好ましい。
Examples of emulsifying agents include polystyrene emulsions and polyvinyl acetate emulsions, and usually emulsions having a solid content of 30 to 50% by mass are preferably used. Specific examples include polystyrene emulsion (trade name: Saibinol (registered trademark) RPX-196 PE-3, solid content 40% by mass, manufactured by Saiden Chemical Co., Ltd.), Opulyn 301, Acusol OP 301, and the like.
The emulsifying agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the emulsifying agent is preferably 0.001-0.5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 着香剤としては、例えば1996年化学工業日報社刊、印藤元一著「合成香料 化学と商品知識」;1969年MONTCLAIR,N.J.刊、STEFFEN ARCTANDER著「Perfume and Flavor Chemicals」等に記載のものが挙げられる。より具体的には、合成香料、動物もしくは植物からの天然香料、天然香料及び/又は合成香料を含む調合香料や、例えば特開2002-146399号公報に記載の香料成分などが挙げられる。
 着香剤は、高分子化合物で形成されたカプセルに内包されたカプセル香料として、配合されてもよい。
 着香剤は、1種単独で用いられてもよいし、2種以上が組み合わされて用いられてもよい。
 着香剤の含有量は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対して0.01~2質量%が好ましい。
 なお、液体洗浄剤を構成する全ての成分の合計量は、100質量%を超えない。
As a flavoring agent, for example, Kagaku Kogyo Nippousha, 1996, Genichi Indo, "Synthetic Perfume, Chemistry and Product Knowledge"; Montclair, 1969; J. published by STEFFEN ARCTANDER, "Perfume and Flavor Chemicals". More specific examples include synthetic fragrances, natural fragrances derived from animals or plants, mixed fragrances containing natural and/or synthetic fragrances, and fragrance ingredients described in, for example, JP-A-2002-146399.
The flavoring agent may be formulated as a capsule fragrance encased in a capsule formed of a polymer compound.
Flavoring agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the flavoring agent is preferably 0.01 to 2% by mass with respect to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
In addition, the total amount of all components constituting the liquid detergent does not exceed 100% by mass.
<物性>
(pH)
 液体洗浄剤の25℃におけるpHは9以上であり、9~12が好ましく、9~11がより好ましく、9~10がさらに好ましい。液体洗浄剤のpHが上記下限値以上であれば、繊維製品に生じた黄ばみの原因である皮脂汚れが加水分解されて繊維製品から除去されやすくなり、繊維製品の黄ばみに対する洗浄力が高まる。液体洗浄剤のpHが上記上限値以下であれば、衣類等の繊維製品に対するダメージを防止できる。
 液体洗浄剤のpHは、必要に応じて、pH調整剤を添加することにより調整できる。
 液体洗浄剤のpHは、測定対象を25℃とし、pHメーター(東亜ディーケーケー株式会社製、製品名「HM-30G」)により測定される値である。
<Physical properties>
(pH)
The pH of the liquid detergent at 25° C. is 9 or higher, preferably 9-12, more preferably 9-11, and even more preferably 9-10. If the pH of the liquid detergent is equal to or higher than the above lower limit, sebum stains, which are the cause of yellowing on textiles, are hydrolyzed and easily removed from the textiles, increasing the detergency against yellowing of textiles. If the pH of the liquid detergent is equal to or less than the above upper limit, damage to textile products such as clothes can be prevented.
The pH of the liquid detergent can be adjusted by adding a pH adjuster, if necessary.
The pH of the liquid detergent is a value measured with a pH meter (manufactured by Toa DKK Co., Ltd., product name "HM-30G") at 25°C.
<製造方法>
 液体洗浄剤の製造方法は特に制限されるものではなく、液体洗浄剤は常法に準じて製造することができる。
 例えば、液体洗浄剤は、上述した(A)成分と、(B)成分と、(C)成分の一部と、必要に応じて(D)成分、(E)成分、(F)成分及びpH調整剤以外の任意成分の1つ以上とを混合し、必要に応じてpH調整剤を用いて所定のpHに調整した後、残りの(C)成分を混合することで製造できる。
<Manufacturing method>
The method for producing the liquid detergent is not particularly limited, and the liquid detergent can be produced according to a conventional method.
For example, the liquid detergent may contain the components (A), (B), and part of (C), and if necessary, components (D), (E), (F), and pH It can be produced by mixing one or more optional components other than the adjuster, adjusting the pH to a predetermined value using a pH adjuster as necessary, and then mixing the remaining component (C).
<使用方法>
 液体洗浄剤の使用方法としては、例えば液体洗浄剤を洗濯機の液体洗浄剤の投入口に入れてから洗濯機を稼働させる方法、液体洗浄剤を洗濯時に被洗物と一緒に水に投入する方法、液体洗浄剤を予め水に溶解して調製される洗浄液に被洗物を浸漬する方法、液体洗浄剤を被洗物に直接塗布して、例えば3分~24時間放置し、その後、通常の洗濯を行う方法等が挙げられる。
<How to use>
Liquid detergents can be used, for example, by putting the liquid detergent into the liquid detergent inlet of the washing machine and then running the washing machine, or by putting the liquid detergent into the water together with the object to be washed during washing. a method of immersing the object to be washed in a cleaning liquid prepared by previously dissolving a liquid detergent in water; a method of directly applying the liquid detergent to the object to be washed and leaving it for, for example, 3 minutes to 24 hours; and the like.
 また、近年実用化された洗剤自動投入装置を備えた洗濯機を使用することも好ましい。洗剤自動投入装置は、液体洗浄剤を収容したタンクから、タンクの底に設けられたゴミ取り用のフィルター、及び投入用配管を経由して、自動的に洗濯槽に液体洗浄剤を投入する装置である。投入用配管の途中には、シリンジポンプ等の計量手段が設けられており、洗濯物の量等に応じて設定された一定量を、タンクから洗濯槽へと移送できるようになっている。
 洗剤自動投入装置を利用すれば、計量の手間が省けるだけでなく、計量時に液体洗浄剤が手に付着したり、こぼれて洗濯機や周囲を汚してしまったりすることを回避できる。
It is also preferable to use a washing machine equipped with an automatic detergent dispenser, which has been put into practical use in recent years. An automatic detergent dispenser is a device that automatically injects liquid detergent from a tank containing liquid detergent into the washing tub via a filter for dust removal provided at the bottom of the tank and an injection pipe. is. A metering means such as a syringe pump is provided in the middle of the loading pipe so that a fixed amount set according to the amount of laundry can be transferred from the tank to the washing tub.
Using an automatic detergent dosing device not only saves you the trouble of weighing, but also prevents the liquid detergent from sticking to your hands or spilling out and staining the washing machine and its surroundings.
 また、自動で所定の量の液体を吐出できる自動ディスペンサーを使用することも好ましい。自動ディスペンサーを使用する場合も、少量の液体洗浄剤でも正確に計量することができるため、充分な洗浄力を発揮しやすく、使いすぎによる無駄も回避できるので好ましい。
 自動ディスペンサーの中には、赤外線センサなどを利用して、スイッチ等に触れなくとも自動的に吐出するものも市販されている。このような自動ディスペンサーを使用すれば、片手に保持した容器を差し出すだけで液体洗浄剤を計量することができ、使用者の負担軽減効果が大きい。
It is also preferable to use an automatic dispenser that can automatically dispense a predetermined amount of liquid. Even when an automatic dispenser is used, even a small amount of the liquid detergent can be measured accurately, so it is easy to exhibit sufficient detergency and waste due to overuse can be avoided, which is preferable.
Some automatic dispensers on the market use an infrared sensor or the like to automatically dispense without touching a switch or the like. If such an automatic dispenser is used, the amount of liquid detergent can be measured simply by holding out the container held in one hand, which greatly reduces the burden on the user.
 また、自動ディスペンサーを使用する場合、軟質容器に吐出された液体洗浄剤を受け、その軟質容器をそのまま洗濯機に投入することも好ましい。これにより、吐出された液体洗浄剤の全量を、確実に洗浄液中に溶解させることができる。
 そのまま洗濯機に投入可能な軟質容器の材質としては、例えば、シリコ-ン樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル、エラストマー、軟質ポリエステル、軟質ポリプロピレン、ポリウレタン等が挙げられる。
Moreover, when using an automatic dispenser, it is also preferable to receive the liquid detergent discharged into a soft container and to put the soft container into the washing machine as it is. As a result, the entire amount of the discharged liquid cleaning agent can be reliably dissolved in the cleaning liquid.
Examples of the material of the soft container that can be thrown into the washing machine as it is include silicone resin, polyvinyl chloride, elastomer, soft polyester, soft polypropylene, and polyurethane.
 被洗物の例としては、例えば衣類(衣料)、布巾、タオル類、シーツ、カーテン等の繊維製品などが挙げられる。繊維製品の素材は特に限定されず、綿、絹、羊毛等の天然繊維、ポリエステル、ポリアミド等の化学繊維などのいずれでもよい。
 液体洗浄剤を水に溶解して使用する場合、例えば5~6000倍(体積基準)に希釈することが好ましい。
 衣類量あたりの水量である浴比(洗濯時の洗浄液の質量/衣類の質量)は、ドラム型洗濯機であれば5以上、縦型洗濯機であれば10以上が好ましい。
 液体洗浄剤は、繊維製品用の洗浄剤として好適である。特に、液体洗浄剤が被覆されていない(A)成分を含有し、その(A)成分の粒子径が200μm未満、より好ましくは100μm未満であれば、洗剤自動投入機能を備えた洗濯機や自動ディスペンサーでの使用に適している。
Examples of articles to be washed include clothing (clothes), cloths, towels, sheets, and textile products such as curtains. The material of the textile product is not particularly limited, and may be any of natural fibers such as cotton, silk and wool, and chemical fibers such as polyester and polyamide.
When the liquid detergent is used by dissolving it in water, it is preferable to dilute it, for example, 5 to 6000 times (by volume).
The bath ratio (mass of washing liquid during washing/mass of clothes), which is the amount of water per amount of clothes, is preferably 5 or more for a drum-type washing machine, and 10 or more for a vertical washing machine.
Liquid detergents are suitable as detergents for textiles. In particular, if the liquid detergent contains an uncoated component (A), and the particle size of the component (A) is less than 200 μm, preferably less than 100 μm, the washing machine or automatic washing machine equipped with an automatic detergent injection function can be used. Suitable for use in dispensers.
<作用効果>
 以上説明した本発明の液体洗浄剤は、(A)成分と(B)成分と(C)成分とを含有し、かつ、25℃におけるpHが9以上であるため、繊維製品の黄ばみに対する洗浄力に優れる。
 特に、液体洗浄剤が(E)成分を含有していれば、繊維製品の黄ばみに対する洗浄力がより高まる。
 また、液体洗浄剤が(D)成分を含有していれば、皮脂汚れに対する洗浄力がより高まる。
<Effect>
The liquid detergent of the present invention described above contains the components (A), (B) and (C), and has a pH of 9 or more at 25°C, so it has detergency against yellowing of textile products. Excellent for
In particular, when the liquid detergent contains component (E), the detergency against yellowing of textiles is further enhanced.
Moreover, if the liquid cleansing agent contains the (D) component, the detergency against sebum stains is further enhanced.
 以下、実施例を示して本発明を詳細に説明するが、本発明は以下の記載によって限定されるものではない。
 本実施例において使用した原料は下記の通りである。
[EXAMPLES] Hereafter, although an Example is shown and this invention is demonstrated in detail, this invention is not limited by the following description.
The raw materials used in this example are as follows.
「使用原料」
 (A)成分として、以下に示す化合物を用いた。
・A-1:4,4’-ビス(2-スルホスチリル)ビフェニルジナトリウム塩(BASF社製、商品名「Tinopal(登録商標) CBS-X」)。
・A-2:4,4’-ビス((4-アミノ-6-モルホリノ-1,3,5-トリアジニル-2)アミノ)スチルベン-2,2’-ジスルホン酸塩(ARCHROMA社製、商品名「Leucophor(登録商標) DMA-X Conc」)。
"Raw materials used"
(A) The compound shown below was used as a component.
· A-1: 4,4′-bis(2-sulfostyryl)biphenyl disodium salt (manufactured by BASF, trade name “Tinopal (registered trademark) CBS-X”).
· A-2: 4,4'-bis((4-amino-6-morpholino-1,3,5-triazinyl-2)amino)stilbene-2,2'-disulfonate (manufactured by ARCHROMA, trade name "Leucophor® DMA-X Conc").
 (B)成分として、以下に示す化合物を用いた。
・B-1:ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル(ライオン・スペシャリティ・ケミカルズ株式会社製、商品名「レオックスCL-70」、一般式(1)中、R11が炭素数12の直鎖状のアルキル基(C12)及び炭素数14の直鎖状のアルキル基(C14)であり(質量比でC12:C14=75:25)、酸素原子に結合するR11の炭素原子は第一級炭素原子であり、R12が水素原子であり、sが7であり、tが0であり、uが0である化合物(1))。
・B-2:炭素数10~14のアルキル基を有する直鎖アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸(ライオン・スペシャリティ・ケミカルズ株式会社製、商品名「ライポン(登録商標)LH-200」)。
・B-3:ポリオキシアルキレンアルキルエーテル硫酸塩(一般式(3)中、R15が炭素数12の直鎖状のアルキル基(C12)及び炭素数14の直鎖状のアルキル基(C14)であり(質量比でC12:C14=75:25)、mが1であり、nが0であり、Maがナトリウムであり、AES全体に対するmが0かつnが0である化合物の割合が43質量%である化合物(3)。下記合成方法により合成されたもの。)。
・B-4:IOS。下記合成方法により合成された内部オレフィンスルホン酸ナトリウム、ヒドロキシ体の含有量は85質量%。下記合成方法により合成されたもの。
・B-5:天然アルコール(質量比で炭素数12の第1級アルコール/炭素数14の第1級アルコール=7/3)に、8モルのエチレンオキシド、2モルのプロピレンオキシド、8モルのエチレンオキシドの順にブロック付加させて得られたノニオン界面活性剤。
 なお、B-1、B-5はノニオン界面活性剤であり、B-2~B-4は非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤である。
(B) The compound shown below was used as a component.
· B-1: Polyoxyethylene alkyl ether (manufactured by Lion Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd., trade name "Rheox CL-70", in general formula (1), R 11 is a linear alkyl group having 12 carbon atoms ( C12) and a linear alkyl group having 14 carbon atoms (C14) (C12:C14 = 75:25 in mass ratio), the carbon atom of R11 bonded to the oxygen atom is a primary carbon atom, Compound (1), wherein R12 is a hydrogen atom, s is 7, t is 0, and u is 0).
B-2: A straight-chain alkylbenzenesulfonic acid having an alkyl group having 10 to 14 carbon atoms (manufactured by Lion Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd., trade name “Lipon (registered trademark) LH-200”).
B-3: polyoxyalkylene alkyl ether sulfate (in the general formula (3), R 15 is a linear alkyl group having 12 carbon atoms (C12) and a linear alkyl group having 14 carbon atoms (C14) (C12:C14 = 75:25 in mass ratio), m is 1, n is 0, Ma is sodium, and the ratio of compounds with m = 0 and n = 0 to all AES is 43 % by mass of compound (3), which was synthesized by the following synthesis method).
・B-4: IOS. The content of sodium internal olefin sulfonate and hydroxy form synthesized by the following synthesis method is 85% by mass. Synthesized by the synthesis method described below.
B-5: Natural alcohol (mass ratio of primary alcohol having 12 carbon atoms/primary alcohol having 14 carbon atoms = 7/3), 8 mol ethylene oxide, 2 mol propylene oxide, 8 mol ethylene oxide A nonionic surfactant obtained by block addition in the order of
B-1 and B-5 are nonionic surfactants, and B-2 to B-4 are non-soap anionic surfactants.
(B-3の合成)
 容量4Lのオートクレーブ中に、原料アルコールとしてプロクター・アンド・ギャンブル社製の商品名CO1270アルコール(炭素数12のアルコールと炭素数14のアルコールとの質量比75/25の混合物)400gと、反応用触媒として水酸化カリウム触媒0.8gとを仕込み、該オートクレーブ内を窒素で置換した後、攪拌しながら昇温した。
 続いて、温度を180℃、圧力を0.3MPa以下に維持しながらエチレンオキシド91gを導入し、反応させることによりアルコールエトキシレートを得た。
 ガスクロマトグラフ:Hewlett-Packard社製のGC-5890と、検出器:水素炎イオン化型検出器(FID)と、カラム:Ultra-1(HP社製、L25m×φ0.2mm×T0.11μm)と、を用いて分析した結果、得られたアルコールエトキシレートは、エチレンオキシドの平均付加モル数が1.0であった。また、エチレンオキシドが付加していない化合物(最終的に成分(b-0)となるもの)の量が得られたアルコールエトキシレート全体に対して43質量%であった。
 次に、上記で得たアルコールエトキシレート237gを、攪拌装置付の500mLフラスコに採り、窒素で置換した後、液体無水硫酸(サルファン)96gを、反応温度40℃に保ちながらゆっくりと滴下した。滴下終了後、1時間攪拌を続け(硫酸化反応)、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸を得た。次いで、これを水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で中和することによりB-3を得た。
(Synthesis of B-3)
In an autoclave with a capacity of 4 L, 400 g of CO1270 alcohol manufactured by Procter & Gamble Co. as a raw material alcohol (a mixture of alcohol having 12 carbon atoms and alcohol having 14 carbon atoms in a mass ratio of 75/25), and a catalyst for reaction 0.8 g of a potassium hydroxide catalyst was added as a catalyst, and after the inside of the autoclave was replaced with nitrogen, the temperature was raised while stirring.
Subsequently, while maintaining the temperature at 180° C. and the pressure at 0.3 MPa or less, 91 g of ethylene oxide was introduced and reacted to obtain an alcohol ethoxylate.
Gas chromatograph: GC-5890 manufactured by Hewlett-Packard, detector: flame ionization detector (FID), column: Ultra-1 (manufactured by HP, L25 m × φ0.2 mm × T0.11 μm), As a result of analysis using , the obtained alcohol ethoxylate had an average added mole number of ethylene oxide of 1.0. In addition, the amount of the compound to which ethylene oxide was not added (the one that finally became the component (b-0)) was 43% by mass with respect to the entire alcohol ethoxylate obtained.
Next, 237 g of the alcohol ethoxylate obtained above was placed in a 500 mL flask equipped with a stirrer and purged with nitrogen. After completion of the dropwise addition, stirring was continued for 1 hour (sulfation reaction) to obtain polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfuric acid. Then, this was neutralized with an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution to obtain B-3.
(B-4の合成)
 二重結合が2位に存在する割合の合計が26質量%であり、かつシス体/トランス体の質量比が27/73であり、パラフィン成分を2.0質量%含む内部オレフィン混合物を内部オレフィンとして用いた。この内部オレフィンは、C14(Cの後の数字は炭素数以下同じ)以下が3質量%、C15が33質量%、C16が39質量%、C17が24質量%、C18以上が1質量%からなる内部オレフィン混合物である。この内部オレフィン混合物を用い、内径6mmφ、長さ1.2mのガラス製薄膜式スルホン化装置を使用して、窒素で希釈したSOガス(SO濃度:5体積%)により、反応器温度10℃、SO/内部オレフィンのモル比1.1の条件下で、常法通りスルホン化反応を行い、内部オレフィンスルホン酸を得た。得られた反応生成物である内部オレフィンスルホン酸を5℃で1時間熟成し、次いで、1.11倍モル(対内部オレフィンスルホン酸)の15%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を加え、30℃で30分間攪拌して中和反応を行い、中和生成物を得た。その後、この中和生成物をオートクレーブ中で、160℃で40分間加熱し、加水分解してB-4を得た。
(Synthesis of B-4)
An internal olefin mixture containing a total of 26% by mass of double bonds at the 2-position, a cis/trans isomer mass ratio of 27/73, and a paraffin component of 2.0% by mass. used as This internal olefin consists of 3% by mass of C14 (the number after C is the same as the number of carbon atoms) or less, 33% by mass of C15, 39% by mass of C16, 24% by mass of C17, and 1% by mass of C18 or more. It is an internal olefin mixture. Using this internal olefin mixture, a glass thin-film sulfonation apparatus with an inner diameter of 6 mmφ and a length of 1.2 m was used to convert the reactor temperature to 10 with nitrogen - diluted SO gas (SO concentration: 5 % by volume). ° C. and a SO 3 /internal olefin molar ratio of 1.1, a sulfonation reaction was carried out in a conventional manner to obtain an internal olefin sulfonic acid. The resulting reaction product, internal olefinsulfonic acid, was aged at 5°C for 1 hour, then added with 1.11 mol (relative to internal olefinsulfonic acid) of 15% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, and heated at 30°C for 30 minutes. A neutralization reaction was carried out by stirring to obtain a neutralized product. The neutralized product was then heated in an autoclave at 160° C. for 40 minutes and hydrolyzed to give B-4.
 (C)成分として、以下に示す化合物を用いた。
・C-1:エタノール(日本アルコール販売株式会社製、商品名「特定アルコール95度合成」)。
・C-2:プロピレングリコール(ダウ・ケミカル社製、商品名「プロピレングリコール」)。
・C-3:水(イオン交換水)。
・C-4:グリセリン(富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製、商品名「グリセリン」)。
(C) The compound shown below was used as a component.
· C-1: Ethanol (manufactured by Nippon Alcohol Sales Co., Ltd., trade name "specific alcohol 95 degree synthesis").
· C-2: Propylene glycol (manufactured by Dow Chemical Company, trade name “propylene glycol”).
· C-3: water (ion-exchanged water).
· C-4: glycerin (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., trade name “glycerin”).
 (D)成分として、以下に示す化合物を用いた。
・D-1:炭酸ナトリウム(ソーダアッシュジャパン株式会社製、商品名「粒灰」)。
(D) The compound shown below was used as a component.
· D-1: Sodium carbonate (manufactured by Soda Ash Japan Co., Ltd., trade name "granular ash").
 (E)成分として、以下に示す化合物を用いた。
・E-1:ポリアルキレンイミンのアルキレンオキシド付加体(BASF社製、商品名「Sokalan HP20」、一般式(7)中、R22がエチレン基であり、hが20である化合物)。
・E-2:オレフィンとマレイン酸との共重合体ナトリウム塩(BASF社製、商品名「Sokalan CP9」、質量平均分子量12000)。
(E) The compound shown below was used as a component.
E-1: Alkylene oxide adduct of polyalkyleneimine (manufactured by BASF, trade name “Sokalan HP20”, compound in which R 22 is ethylene group and h is 20 in general formula (7)).
E-2: Copolymer sodium salt of olefin and maleic acid (manufactured by BASF, trade name "Sokalan CP9", weight average molecular weight 12000).
 (F)成分として、以下に示す化合物を用いた。
・F-1:細菌セルロース(CPKelco U.S.社製、商品名「CELLULON(登録商標) R27」、水分量80質量%)。
 なお、F-1の水分量は、自動水分測定装置(平沼産業株式会社製、製品名「AQUACOUNTER AQV-2200」)を用いて測定した。
(F) The compound shown below was used as a component.
· F-1: Bacterial cellulose (manufactured by CPKelco US, trade name “CELLULON (registered trademark) R27”, water content 80% by mass).
The moisture content of F-1 was measured using an automatic moisture measuring device (manufactured by Hiranuma Sangyo Co., Ltd., product name "AQUACOUNTER AQV-2200").
 任意成分として、以下に示す化合物を用いた。
・モノエタノールアミン:株式会社日本触媒製、商品名「モノエタノールアミン」。
・ヤシ脂肪酸:日油株式会社製、商品名「椰子脂肪酸」。
・クエン酸:扶桑学工業株式会社製、商品名「無水クエン酸」。
・ダイクロサン:4,4’-ジクロロ-2-ヒドロキシジフェニルエーテル(BASF社製、商品名「TINOSAN(登録商標) HP100」)。
・酵素:プロテアーゼとアミラーゼの混合製剤(液体)(ノボザイムズジャパン株式会社製、商品名「Medley Core 210L」)。
・亜硫酸ナトリウム:三井化学株式会社製、商品名「亜硫酸ナトリウム」。
・香料:特開2002-146399号公報の表11~18に記載の香料組成物A。
・ポリエチレンイミン:株式会社日本触媒製、商品名「エポミン」)。
The compounds shown below were used as optional components.
- Monoethanolamine: manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., trade name "monoethanolamine".
- Coconut fatty acid: manufactured by NOF Corporation, trade name "coconut fatty acid".
· Citric acid: manufactured by Fuso Gaku Kogyo Co., Ltd., trade name "anhydrous citric acid".
Diclosan: 4,4′-dichloro-2-hydroxydiphenyl ether (manufactured by BASF, trade name “TINOSAN (registered trademark) HP100”).
- Enzyme: Mixed preparation (liquid) of protease and amylase (manufactured by Novozymes Japan, trade name "Medley Core 210L").
- Sodium sulfite: manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., trade name "sodium sulfite".
Perfume: Perfume composition A described in Tables 11 to 18 of JP-A-2002-146399.
- Polyethyleneimine: manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., trade name "Epomin").
「測定・評価方法」
(黄ばみに対する洗浄力の評価)
 評価用布として5cm×5cmにカットした綿メリヤス(谷頭商店製)を用意した。
 また、黄ばみ成分としてトリパルミチン、パルミチン酸、コレステロール、パルミチン酸ヘキサデシル、スクアレンを35:28:2:20:15(質量比)で混合した混合汚れを用意した。
 混合汚れをクロロホルムで5倍に希釈した溶液250μLを評価用布に滴下し、80℃で5日間乾燥したものを黄ばみ汚れが付着した汚垢布とした。
 洗浄試験器として、Terg-O-Tometer(UNITED STATES TESTING社製)を用いた。
 洗浄液として、水道水(15℃、3゜DH)900mLに対して、各例の液体洗浄剤組成物を333質量ppmになる様に加え、30秒間撹拌して調製したものを用いた。
"Measurement/evaluation method"
(Evaluation of detergency against yellowing)
A cotton knit (manufactured by Tanigashira Shoten) cut to 5 cm×5 cm was prepared as a cloth for evaluation.
Further, a mixed stain was prepared by mixing tripalmitin, palmitic acid, cholesterol, hexadecyl palmitate, and squalene as yellowing components at a ratio of 35:28:2:20:15 (mass ratio).
250 μL of a solution obtained by diluting the mixed stain 5-fold with chloroform was dropped on a cloth for evaluation, and the cloth for evaluation was dried at 80° C. for 5 days to obtain a stained cloth with yellow stain.
A Terg-O-Tometer (manufactured by UNITED STATES TESTING) was used as a cleaning tester.
The cleaning liquid was prepared by adding the liquid cleaning composition of each example to 900 mL of tap water (15° C., 3° DH) so as to make 333 ppm by mass, and stirring for 30 seconds.
 洗浄試験器に、洗浄液と、上記の汚垢布10枚とを投入し、浴比(洗濯水/被洗物総質量)20倍に合わせて、120rpmで洗浄10分、すすぎ3分、脱水1分の洗濯操作を行った。洗濯後、上記汚垢布を自然乾燥させた。
 洗濯前の汚垢布のb値と、自然乾燥後の汚垢布のb値を、それぞれ分光式色差計(日本電色工業株式会社製、製品名「SE2000」)で測定し、下記式(i)により汚垢布の黄ばみに対する洗浄力を求めた。
 黄ばみに対する洗浄力=(洗濯前の汚垢布のb値)-(自然乾燥後の汚垢布のb値)  ・・・(i)
Put the cleaning liquid and 10 pieces of the above-mentioned soiled cloth into a cleaning tester, and wash at 120 rpm for 10 minutes, rinse for 3 minutes, and dehydrate for 1 time according to the bath ratio (wash water/total mass of washed items) of 20 times. A minute washing operation was performed. After washing, the soiled cloth was allowed to dry naturally.
The b * value of the soiled cloth before washing and the b * value of the soiled cloth after air drying were each measured with a spectral color difference meter (manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd., product name “SE2000”), and the following The detergency against yellowing of soiled cloth was determined by the formula (i).
Detergency against yellowing = (b * value of dirty cloth before washing) - (b * value of dirty cloth after natural drying) (i)
 汚垢布10枚について黄ばみに対する洗浄力を算出し、その平均値を用いて、下記評価基準に基づいて評価した。◎、〇、△を合格とした。
《評価基準》
 ◎:黄ばみに対する洗浄力が4.1以上(黄ばみは認められなかった)。
 ○:黄ばみに対する洗浄力が4.0以上4.1未満(わずかに黄ばみが認められた)。
 △:黄ばみに対する洗浄力が3.9以上4.0未満(明らかな黄ばみが認められた)。
 ×:黄ばみに対する洗浄力が3.9未満(著しい黄ばみが認められた)。
Detergency against yellowing was calculated for 10 soiled cloths, and the average value was used for evaluation based on the following evaluation criteria. ⊚, ◯, and △ were regarded as passed.
"Evaluation criteria"
A: Detergency against yellowing is 4.1 or more (no yellowing was observed).
◯: Detergency against yellowing is 4.0 or more and less than 4.1 (slight yellowing was observed).
Δ: Detergency against yellowing is 3.9 or more and less than 4.0 (clear yellowing was observed).
x: Detergency against yellowing is less than 3.9 (remarkable yellowing was observed).
「実施例1~12、比較例1、2」
 500mLのビーカーに、表1、2の配合組成に従い、(A)成分と、(B)成分と、C-1、C-2及びC-4と、C-3の一部と、(E)成分と、酵素以外の任意成分とを投入し、スリーワンモーター撹拌機(アズワン株式会社製)で充分に攪拌し、混合物を得た。なお、混合物の調製に用いたC-3の投入量と、F-1に含まれる水の量の合計を、便宜上、表1、2中のC-3の配合量(質量%)として記載した。よって、ここでのC-3の投入量は、表1、2に記載されたC-3の配合量からF-1に含まれる水の量を除いた量である。
 次いで、混合物に(F)成分を投入して充分に攪拌した後、さらに(D)成分を投入して充分に攪拌した。その後、酵素を添加し、全体量が100質量%になるように残りのC-3を加えて、液体洗浄剤を得た。
 実施例1~12、比較例2で得られた液体洗浄剤は、(D)成分の一部が固体状態で存在していた。
 得られた液体洗浄剤の25℃におけるpHをpHメーター(東亜ディーケーケー株式会社製、製品名「HM-30G」)を用いて測定した。
 得られた液体洗浄剤について、黄ばみに対する洗浄力を評価した。これらの結果を表1、2に示す。
"Examples 1 to 12, Comparative Examples 1 and 2"
In a 500 mL beaker, according to the formulations in Tables 1 and 2, (A) component, (B) component, C-1, C-2 and C-4, part of C-3, (E) The ingredients and optional ingredients other than the enzyme were added and sufficiently stirred with a three-one motor stirrer (manufactured by AS ONE Co., Ltd.) to obtain a mixture. For convenience, the sum of the amount of C-3 used for preparing the mixture and the amount of water contained in F-1 is indicated as the amount of C-3 (% by mass) in Tables 1 and 2. . Therefore, the input amount of C-3 here is the amount obtained by subtracting the amount of water contained in F-1 from the blending amount of C-3 described in Tables 1 and 2.
Next, the component (F) was added to the mixture and thoroughly stirred, and then the component (D) was added and thoroughly stirred. After that, the enzyme was added, and the remaining C-3 was added so that the total amount was 100% by mass to obtain a liquid detergent.
In the liquid detergents obtained in Examples 1 to 12 and Comparative Example 2, part of the component (D) existed in a solid state.
The pH of the obtained liquid detergent at 25° C. was measured using a pH meter (manufactured by Toa DKK Co., Ltd., product name “HM-30G”).
Detergency against yellowing was evaluated for the obtained liquid detergent. These results are shown in Tables 1 and 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
 表1、2において、各成分の配合量(質量%)はすべて、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対する割合であり、指定のある場合を除き、純分換算での値を示す。F-1の配合量(質量%)におけるカッコ内の数値は有姿(製剤)としての量である。なお、C-3の配合量(質量%)には、F-1に含まれる水の量(質量%)も含まれる。また、配合量の空欄は、その成分が配合されていないこと(配合量0質量%)を意味する。
 また、「水/有機溶剤比」は、水混和性有機溶剤の質量に対する水の質量比である。「ノニオン/アニオン比」は、非石けん系アニオン界面活性剤の質量に対するノニオン界面活性剤の質量比である。「A/E比」は、(E)成分の質量に対する(A)成分の質量比である。「A+E」は、液体洗浄剤の総質量に対する(A)成分及び(E)成分の含有量の合計(質量%)である。
In Tables 1 and 2, all compounding amounts (% by mass) of each component are percentages with respect to the total mass of the liquid cleaning agent, and represent values in terms of pure content, unless otherwise specified. The numerical value in parentheses in the compounding amount (% by mass) of F-1 is the amount as a physical form (preparation). The amount (% by mass) of C-3 also includes the amount (% by mass) of water contained in F-1. In addition, a blank for the blending amount means that the component is not blended (the blending amount is 0% by mass).
Also, the "water/organic solvent ratio" is the mass ratio of water to the mass of the water-miscible organic solvent. "Nonionic/anionic ratio" is the weight ratio of nonionic surfactant to weight of non-soap anionic surfactant. "A/E ratio" is the weight ratio of component (A) to the weight of component (E). "A+E" is the total content (% by mass) of the components (A) and (E) relative to the total mass of the liquid detergent.
 表1、2から明らかなように、各実施例で得られた液体洗浄剤は、黄ばみに対する洗浄力に優れていた。特に、実施例1~7、12で得られた液体洗浄剤は、黄ばみに対する洗浄力により優れていた。
 一方、pHが7である比較例1で得られた液体洗浄剤、及び(A)成分を含まない比較例2で得られた液体洗浄剤は、黄ばみに対する洗浄力に劣っていた。
As is clear from Tables 1 and 2, the liquid detergent obtained in each example was excellent in detergency against yellowing. In particular, the liquid detergents obtained in Examples 1 to 7 and 12 were excellent in detergency against yellowing.
On the other hand, the liquid detergent obtained in Comparative Example 1 having a pH of 7 and the liquid detergent obtained in Comparative Example 2 containing no component (A) were inferior in detergency against yellowing.
 本発明の液体洗浄剤は、繊維製品の黄ばみに対する洗浄力に優れ、繊維製品用の洗浄剤として有用である。 The liquid detergent of the present invention has excellent detergency against yellowing of textile products, and is useful as a detergent for textile products.

Claims (5)

  1.  (A)成分:蛍光増白剤と、
     (B)成分:界面活性剤と、
     (C)成分:水及び水混和性有機溶剤から選ばれる1種以上と、
     を含有し、25℃におけるpHが9以上である、液体洗浄剤。
    (A) component: a fluorescent brightener;
    (B) component: a surfactant;
    (C) component: one or more selected from water and water-miscible organic solvents;
    and having a pH of 9 or higher at 25°C.
  2.  (D)成分:無機アルカリ剤をさらに含有する、請求項1に記載の液体洗浄剤。 (D) Component: The liquid detergent according to claim 1, further comprising an inorganic alkaline agent.
  3.  (E)成分:分散剤をさらに含有する、請求項1又は2に記載の液体洗浄剤。 (E) component: The liquid detergent according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a dispersant.
  4.  (F)成分:構造化剤をさらに含有する、請求項1又は2に記載の液体洗浄剤。 (F) Component: The liquid detergent according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a structuring agent.
  5.  繊維製品用である、請求項1又は2に記載の液体洗浄剤。 The liquid detergent according to claim 1 or 2, which is for textile products.
PCT/JP2022/027501 2021-07-13 2022-07-13 Liquid detergent WO2023286794A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023534828A JPWO2023286794A1 (en) 2021-07-13 2022-07-13

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-115742 2021-07-13
JP2021115742 2021-07-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023286794A1 true WO2023286794A1 (en) 2023-01-19

Family

ID=84919443

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/027501 WO2023286794A1 (en) 2021-07-13 2022-07-13 Liquid detergent

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2023286794A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2023286794A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023199913A1 (en) * 2022-04-13 2023-10-19 花王株式会社 Liquid cleaning agent composition

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001254100A (en) * 2000-03-09 2001-09-18 Kao Corp Liquid detergent composition
JP2008138070A (en) * 2006-12-01 2008-06-19 Momentive Performance Materials Japan Kk Liquid detergent composition
JP2009138057A (en) * 2007-12-04 2009-06-25 Kao Corp Liquid detergent composition
JP2012503091A (en) * 2008-09-30 2012-02-02 ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブル カンパニー Liquid detergent composition exhibiting a two-color or multicolor effect

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001254100A (en) * 2000-03-09 2001-09-18 Kao Corp Liquid detergent composition
JP2008138070A (en) * 2006-12-01 2008-06-19 Momentive Performance Materials Japan Kk Liquid detergent composition
JP2009138057A (en) * 2007-12-04 2009-06-25 Kao Corp Liquid detergent composition
JP2012503091A (en) * 2008-09-30 2012-02-02 ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブル カンパニー Liquid detergent composition exhibiting a two-color or multicolor effect

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023199913A1 (en) * 2022-04-13 2023-10-19 花王株式会社 Liquid cleaning agent composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2023286794A1 (en) 2023-01-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6086957B2 (en) Liquid cleaning agent
CN103261390B (en) There is the cleaning compositions of both sexes polycarboxylate polymkeric substance
TWI506133B (en) Liquid detergent composition
CN109312273A (en) Cleaning compositions comprising diamino-stilbene brightening agent
JP6611374B2 (en) Liquid detergent for textile products
WO2023286794A1 (en) Liquid detergent
JP2011137111A (en) Liquid detergent composition for clothing
CN106350288A (en) Cross-color-proof type laundry condensate bead and preparation method thereof
JP4588722B2 (en) Cleaning composition
JP2023008435A (en) Liquid detergent and cleaning liquid
JP5851323B2 (en) Liquid cleaning agent
JP2019073571A (en) Liquid detergent composition for garments
BE898436A (en) Liquid detergent composition containing a mixture of enzymes and method of washing the laundry using it.
JP7237012B2 (en) Liquid detergent composition for clothes
EP3942010A1 (en) Process of laundering fabrics
JP2023169916A (en) Liquid detergent composition
JP7061845B2 (en) Liquid detergent composition for clothing
JP6688639B2 (en) Liquid detergent for textiles
JP2023088570A (en) Liquid detergent
JP2023073590A (en) liquid detergent composition
JP2023090414A (en) washing method
WO2022131339A1 (en) Liquid detergent
JP2024035328A (en) Liquid cleaning composition for textile products
JP7442343B2 (en) liquid cleaning agent
JP2022103722A (en) Liquid detergent

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22842136

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023534828

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2301008429

Country of ref document: TH

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE